Error creating thumbnail: File missing Join our Discord!
If you have been locked out of your account you can request a password reset here.

Squad: Difference between revisions

From Internet Movie Firearms Database - Guns in Movies, TV and Video Games
Jump to navigation Jump to search
No edit summary
 
(540 intermediate revisions by 23 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
{{WIP}}
{{Infobox Video Game|{{PAGENAME}}
|name=Squad
|picture=Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg
|date=December 15, 2015 (Early Access) September 23, 2020 (Official Release)
|developer=Offworld Industries
|publisher=Offworld Industries
|platforms=PC
|genre=First-Person Shooter
}}


'''''Squad''''' is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The [http://joinsquad.com/faq stated goal] of ''Squad'' is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield 2]]'', with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the main game was developed from 2015 and finally released in 2020. It was originally available as a Steam Early Access title. The developers intend on continuing support and development of the game with additional factions, weapons, vehicles, and levels.


[[Image:Squadlogo_black_hires.jpg|thumb|right|600px|''Squad'' (2016)]]
There are two historical set titles derived from ''Squad'''s "OWI Core" UE4 framework, the WWII-set ''[[Squad 44]]'' (released in 2018, then known as ''Post Scriptum'') and the WWI-set ''[[Beyond The Wire]]'', released in Early Access in 2021.
{{VG Title}}
__TOC__<br clear="all">
 
=Overview=
''Squad'' simulates engagements across many different theaters involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Canadian Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (referred to as "Militia" for brevity). The official V1.0 release in 2020 introduced the Middle Eastern Alliance (MEA), a spiritual successor to ''PR'''s MEC, based on the Iranian and Turkish armed forces. The Australian Defence Force has also been brought into the game with the V2.15 update. The V3.0 update brought the United States Marine Corps into the mix, along with new amphibious gameplay elements. Update V4.0 has introduced the People's Liberation Army of China, and V5.0 has added PLA Navy Marine Corps and Russian VDV airborne sub-factions to ''Squad''. In a match of ''Squad'', players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in ''Squad'' are:


*Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
*Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
*Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
*Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
*Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
*Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
*Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defense, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
*Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
*Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
*Heavy Anti Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armored vehicles.
*Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
*Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.
*Sapper (formerly Scout), who is equipped with binoculars, mines, TNTs and IEDs for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
*Combat Engineer, who is equipped with anti-tank mines and C4 for sabotage behind enemy lines.


'''''Squad''''' is a tactical first-person shooter video game set in a current-day conflict involving US Army, Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Irregular Militia Forces (to be referred to as "Militia" later on for brevity), and draws inspiration from the Middle East, Southern Asia and Eastern Europe. It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning ''[[Project_Reality|Project Reality]]'' modification for ''[[Battlefield_2|Battlefield 2]]''. The ''[http://joinsquad.com/faq goal'' of ''Squad''] is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". The development was announced in October 2014 and it is currently available exclusively on Steam (PC). It is still in development.
Reserve ammunition is tracked in individual magazines, and reloading while partially empty will return the magazine to the player's inventory. The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in ''Squad'' are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.


{{VG Title}}
Zeroing in ''Squad'' closely simulates reality, with animated zeroing adjustments and ranging options that reflect the ranging options on the sights of the real weapons. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.
__TOC__<br clear="all">
 
To better demonstrate the weapons, many screenshots on this page are taken while looking downwards using freelook, which rotates the first-person camera (i.e. the player character's head) without moving or rotating the player character's body.


=Pistols=
=Pistols=
==Beretta M9A1==
The [[Beretta M9A1]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M9A1 Beretta". It feeds from 15-round box magazines and was available to all US Army classes save for the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer. As of the V3.0 update, it is now only issued to the USMC and is no longer available to the Army.
While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad m9a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M9A1.]]


== SIG-Sauer P320 ==
==SIG-Sauer M17 MHS==
The [[SIG-Sauer P320]] appears in game disguised as the newly adopted sidearm of the US Army, the "M17 Modular Handgun System". It is available to the US Army squad leader kits, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. ''Note that the real M17 Modular Handgun System comes in Coyote Brown finish (slide included), has a manual safety, and also has 3 rail-slots in its accessory rail, similar to the compact P320 and M18 pistol fashioned after it. As such, this is really a full length P320 in two-tone Flat Dark Earth (FDE). As the game's variant does not have the manual safety, it is also noticeably the only sidearm in the game that is holstered and drawn without turning on or off the safety.''
An actual [[SIG-Sauer M17 MHS]] has replaced the P320 model that was masquerading as an M17 as of the v4.2 update. It is available to all US Army kits, and feeds from 17-round box magazines.  
[[file:SIGP320.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer P320 (full size) - 9x19mm]]
[[file:M17MHS.jpeg|thumb|none|350px|SIG-Sauer M17(above) and M18(below) - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad M17.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the SIG-Sauer P320 - ''The two-tone finish and lack of a manual safety ominously warns the player that the US Army may have accidentally messed up their Amazon order]]
[[file:Squad M17 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights as the player coaxes a target into giving him lunch money]]
[[file:Squad ADS Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Having brutally killed said target and his two friends, he reloads his empty P320 - ''Note the tilted barrel, a nice touch that often goes unnoticed in many titles'']]


== Beretta M9A1 ==
The true SIG M17 also came with an animation overhaul; the character now performs the retention reload taught as part of the M17's manual-of-arms as opposed to the more conventional style seen on other pistols in the game.
The [[Beretta M9A1]] is available to the US Army medic, automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman as the "M9A1 Beretta" and feeds from 16-round box magazines. The marksman gets an extra magazine. ''A point to note is that the M9A1 is not adopted by the US Army, and is actually a pistol that is designed to be marketed to the US Marine Corps.''


Trivia: Before animations were changed, the magazine markings read ''MAS CAL 9 PARA'' / ''FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA'' ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a [[Beretta 92 pistol series#PAMAS G1|PAMAS G1]] magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).
[[File:SIG-P320-FS-MHS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine - 9x19mm]]
[[file:BerettaM9A1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm]]
[[File:Squad M17 MHS (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the SIG-Sauer M17 out at the Skorpo marina. It gets a safety animation per the MHS specs, as the prior P320 lacks this.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[File:Squad M17 MHS (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|In addition, the US Army character models got an overhaul, including new operator gloves.]]
[[file:Squad_m9a1_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Beretta M9A1]]
[[File:Squad M17 MHS (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming across the bay.]]
[[file:Marchupdate_m9a1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Beretta M9A1 in third-person view]]
[[File:Squad M17 MHS (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Performing the tacticool reload, an unusual sight in ''Squad''. It reloads in this manner both with a round in the chamber and when empty.]]
[[File:Squad M17 MHS (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Mashing in the new mag.]]
[[File:Squad M17 MHS (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The slide remains locked and also gets powerstroked back into battery.]]


== MP-443 "Grach" ==  
==MP-443==
The [[MP-443]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces squad leader, medic, automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman classes, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman gets an extra magazine.
The [[MP-443 Grach|MP-443]] Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes except the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:MP433Grach.jpg|thumb|none|350px|MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]  
[[file:Squad mp443 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The MP-443 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443]]
[[file:Squad_mp443_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]  
[[file:Squad_mp443_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the MP-443.]]
 
==Glock 17==
The [[Glock 17]] appears in ''Squad'' under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes except the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 Grach|MP-443 Grach]], the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.
[[file:Glock-17Gen4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the L131A1.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad l131a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.]]
 
==Tokarev TT-33==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips. The markings on the TT-33 erroneously claim a production year of 1938, despite being modeled after the post-1947 variant.


== Tokarev TT-33 ==
The [[Tokarev TT-33]] appears in game as the "TT33 Tokarev" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia squad leader, medic and marksman, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#Makarov PM|PM]], it and comes with twice the number of magazines as the [[Squad#SIG-Sauer P320|P320]], [[Squad#Beretta M9A1|M9A1]] and [[Squad#MP-443 "Grach"|MP-443]] to make up for its smaller magazine capacity. As with the other factions, the marksman gets more magazines. It packs the biggest punch out of all the pistols in the game. ''It is textured to have painted grips on both sides.''
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:TT-33.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad tt33 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading an empty TT-33, showing off the painted star on the grips in the process'']]
[[file:Squad TT-33 ADS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide stop after inserting a fresh magazine]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Grips.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.]]
[[file:Squad TT-33 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]


== Makarov PM ==  
==Makarov PM==  
The [[Makarov PM]] is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes less the squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank kits, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Itnd appears in game as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols with their manufacturers' names at the back. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
The [[Makarov PM]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes except the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the [[Squad#Tokarev TT-33|TT-33]], it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]  
[[file:MakarovPM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]  
[[file:Squad pm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Makarov PM in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide]]
[[file:Squad_makarov_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM.]]
[[file:Squad pm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the slide.]]
 
==Browning Hi-Power==
The [[Inglis Hi-Power]] is available to all classes of the Canadian Army (except for the Combat Engineer) added in the Alpha 15.3 update. It appears as the "Hi-Power Pistol". An older model [[Browning Hi-Power]] with wood grips and a tangent rear sight appears as the standard sidearm of the MEA (Middle Eastern Alliance) faction added in the v1.0 update. The Australian Defence Force with the V2.15 update also uses the Hi-Power, this time the Mark III variant, under the "Hi-Power MK3" moniker.
[[Image:Inglis Hi-Power.JPG|thumb|none|350px|Inglis Hi-Power - 9x19mm]]
[[File:Squad Hi-Power (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the Inglis HP out in a rocky part of Goose Bay.]]
[[File:SquadHiPower.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Far in the cold white north, a Canuck reveals his Hi-Power.]]
[[File:SquadHiPowersights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|We don't even get three dots this time around. Lame.]]
[[File:SquadHiPowerreload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Still, nice to have a Hi-Power regardless. Reloading is fairly typical. Remove old mag, show the kids at home the fresh new mag...]]
[[File:SquadHiPowerreload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Before hitting the slide release. The Hi-Power reuses the M9A1's animations, even including a non-existent decocker safety for unequipping the gun.]]
[[File:Browning-HP-P35.jpg|thumb|none|350px|FN P-35 - 9x19mm]]
[[File:SquadOldHiPower.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Paying tribute to the sky, we are gifted with a lovely vintage Hi-Power.]]
[[File:SquadOldHiPowerSights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, the big and chunky 1930's tangent sights. They can be rather optimistically dialed out to 500 meters.]]
[[File:SquadOldHiPowerReload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Although as repayment for this new model...]]
[[File:SquadOldHiPowerReload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|We use the same default animations. A small price to pay.]]
[[Image:HiPowerMk3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Commercial Browning Hi-Power Mark III - 9x19mm]]
[[File:Squad BHP MkIII (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Australian holds his Self Loading Pistol on a hostile water jug.]]
[[File:Squad BHP MkIII (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming shows some newer illuminated sights, although its still a rather old sidearm given the ADF's much more modern primary weapons.]]
[[File:Squad BHP MkIII (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Mark III with the game's standard pistol reload after putting some holes in the plastic jug.]]
 
==QSZ-92==
V4.0's update introduces the [[QSZ-92]] as the People's Liberation Army standard sidearm.
[[File:11 qsz-92-5 Main.jpg|thumb|350px|none|QSZ-92-5.8 - 5.8x21mm DAP92]]
[[File:Squad QSZ-92 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Chinese Squad Leader draws his QSZ-92 along the harbor.]]
[[File:Squad QSZ-92 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The QSZ's sights.]]
[[File:Squad QSZ-92 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|It reloads in ''Squad'''s typical fashion. The cartridges along the magazine's window appear to be mere 2D textures.]]
[[File:Squad QSZ-92 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Chambering the QSZ.]]


=Submachine Guns=
=Submachine Guns=
==PPSh-41==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).
Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.]]
==Sa vz. 61 Skorpion==
The [[Sa vz. 61 Skorpion]] is made available for Insurgent and Militia crewmen, lead crewman and as an option for the Insurgent Light Anti-Tank in Alpha 13.
[[file:CZ Vz.61.jpg|thumb|350px|none|Sa vz. 61 Skorpion - .32 ACP]]
[[File:SquadSkorpionDraw.jpg|thumb|none|601px|The draw animation for the Skorpion, doing the rare feat of actually using the gun's folding stock.]]
[[File:SquadSkorpion1.jpg|thumb|none|601px|The Skorpion in all its tiny, adorable glory.]]
[[File:SquadSkorpionSights.jpg|thumb|none|601px|The sights, cramped but still fitted with a 2 position flip sight. The usability of that on a .32 ACP submachine gun is questionable but it's nice the option is there.]]
[[File:Squad Skorpion (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Actuating the fire selector - due to a scripting limitation, it pops back in place; this is the case for all fire selector animations in-game.]]
[[File:SquadSkorpionReload1.jpg|thumb|none|601px|Having redecorated the nearby walls with 20 rounds of .32 ACP, it's time to reload by removing the old mag...]]
[[File:SquadSkorpionReload2.jpg|thumb|none|601px|Then inserting a fresh one and thumbing the cocking knobs back and letting the bolt chamber a round.]]
[[File:SquadSkorpionDeEquip.jpg|thumb|none|601px|When done, he folds the stock back up and puts it away.]]
=Rifles and Carbines=
==M16A2==
As of the V4.5 update, the classic [[M16A2]] is available to the Militia faction. It has a Colt Scope and M203 variants.
[[File:M16A2.jpg|thumb|400px|none|Colt M16A2 - 5.56x45mm]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the M16A2 with a flick of the selector off safe.]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Militant loafs around with his M16.]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the classic A2 sight picture - due to a bug, the rear sight doesn't adjust properly as of V4.5.]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|It also has a distinct reload animation.]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Smacking in a new mag...]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the charging handle is yanked, unlike the burst fire M4 and more akin to the FAL.]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M16A2 with the Colt Scope.]]
[[File:Squad M16A2 (8).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Surprisingly, it has an illuminated reticle.]]
==M16A4==
The USMC faction of the V3.0 update has the [[M16A4]] rifle as standard for riflemen, squad leaders, Corpsmen, engineers, and AT kits. The USMC grenadier has an M16A4 equipped with a M203.
[[File:M16A4Standard.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M16A4 detachable carry handle sight - 5.56x45mm]]
[[File:BattleLA M16A4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M16A4 with ACOG scope, RIS foregrip, Magpul MBUS rear sight, and AN/PEQ-15 IR designator - 5.56x45mm]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Marine with the basic pattern M16A4 near a cannon monument. All come equipped with AN/PEQ-16 ATPIALs and use older carry handle rear sights rather than the USMC standard KAC rear sights. Foregrips are available to a few roles.]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The sights are largely identical to the A2 above, aside from the knobs for affixing to the A4's flat top.]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M16 has the same shared reload animation from the other AR variants.]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|About to smack the bolt release.]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SL M16A4 comes with an ACOG M150 scope and KAC vertical grip.]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking through the ACOG scope.]]
[[File:Squad M16A4 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The right side of the Grenadier M16, which also comes equipped with a M150 sight.]]
==M4A1==
The [[M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.
A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.
The Alpha of the V14 Update introduced a modified version of the M4 and M4A1 for the US Army, using MaTech 300m sights rather than the classic carry handle and adding PEQ-15 laser modules for both rifles. The LE stocks have also been changed to Crane/BCM B5 SOPMOD stocks.
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very [[Project_Reality#M4.2FM4A1_Carbine|Project Reality-ish]] manner...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines, revealing the [[Squad#Colt M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] markings in the process...]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.]]
[[File:Squad M4A1 V14 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a knee with the post-Alpha 14 M4A1's basic infantry variant - note the model has been improved as well, the charging handle and top rail now have much better proportions.]]
[[File:Squad M4A1 V14 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the MaTech rear and just over the PEQ box.]]
==M4==
The [[M4 carbine]] in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in ''Squad''. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.
For the US Army, the M4 Carbine is available to all US Army classes save for the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman, and comes with a KAC railed handguard. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional [[Squad#M203A1|M203A1]] mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67 Frag Grenade]] and red [[Squad#M18 Smoke Grenade|M18 Smoke Grenades]]. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights (with a KAC foregrip), with the latter losing access to his M67.
For the Militia, their M4 is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman, and comes with the older round handguard. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.
The USMC faction has M4 Carbines an an option for some roles such as the Heavy AT kit and vehicle crewman. It still uses the carry handle rear sight and has a PEQ equipped.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad M4 M68 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.]]
[[File:Squad M4 V14 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Right side of a post-Alpha 14 US Army M4, showing the folded down rear sight and PEQ-15 mounted on the 3'o-clock rail.]]


== PPSh-41 ==  
==Colt Canada C7A2==
The [[PPSh-41]] is available to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has 4 stick magazines and two drums, and may switch between them at his own discretion.
The [[M16_rifle_series#Diemaco_C7.2FColt_Model_715|Colt Canada C7A2]] is available to the Canadian Army rifleman, light anti-tank and Combat Engineer classes. It originally came with a C79A2 mounted; later updates introduced iron sight and foregrip variants. AN/PEQ-2s have also been added to the front sight RIS section.
[[file:C7a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Colt Canada C7A2 with C79A2 optical sight - 5.56x45mm]]
[[File:Squad C7A2 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A iron-sighted C7A2 out by the Manic-5 exit canal.]]
[[File:Squad C7A2 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The C7 long rifle brought to shoulder.]]
[[File:Squad C7A2 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the new Colt Canada style rear sight, note the Maple Leaf.]]
[[File:SquadC7.jpg|thumb|none|601px|At a lovely Newfoundland fishing dock, we find a C7A2 in its natural habitat.]]
[[File:SquadC7Scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The scope view of the C79A2. A straight line post with a few range estimation wings, and a teeny tiny green point for aiming. Very vintage.]]
[[File:SquadC7Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|After a bit of non-regulation fishing, the reload begins by dropping the mag...]]
[[File:SquadC7Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Smacking in a fresh one...]]
[[File:SquadC7Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|About to clap the bolt release, animations shared by all the AR pattern rifles in-game. The Canadian C7/C8 rifles come in both original green and black and...]]


Switching to the drum magazine (via the scroll wheel) will have the player remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and drew it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character will already have done the switch magically beforehand.
==Colt Canada C8A3==
[[file:Ppsh41.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
The [[M16_rifle_series#Diemaco.2FColt_Canada_C8_Carbine|Colt Canada C8A3]] is available to the Canadian Army squad leader, lead crewman, medic, crewman, and heavy anti-tank. The squad leader's C8A3 may either have a C79A2 optical sight, or a EOTech 552 (designated "ET552" or "ET"). The EOTech comes default with the medic and both crewman classes. Earlier versions of the game featured the C8A3 with the M203 for the Canadian Grenadier; however, this has been replaced with the C7A2 + M203 combo.
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41 in first person]]
[[file:Colt_Canada_C8_carbine.JPG|thumb|none|400px|Colt Canada C8A3 with C79A2 optical sight and Thermold polymer magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - ''The "10" marking signifies the gun is zeroed out to 100m; there is a 200m option available'']]
[[File:SquadC8.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Desert tan! And here's the EOTech or "ET" variant of the C8.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PPSh-41]]
[[File:SquadC8sight.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the C8, showing the absolute cowitness for the EOTech and the front sight block.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 stick reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine]]
[[File:SquadC8Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the C8 reveals that while it uses the generic animations, it is actually modeled with a Colt Canada lower complete with a "Fabrique Au Canada" stamp on the lower And despite its desert get-up, its still got a green Cadex foregrip.]]
[[file:PPSH-01-SMG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev]]
[[File:SquadC8Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The rifle's identity secured, the bolt is slapped home.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person]]
[[File:Squad C8A3 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A distinctly-ungloved Canadian crewman with the basic pattern C8A3.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a drum - ''As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player will check that the magazine catch is secure]]
[[File:Squad C8A3 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking through the basic sights.]]
[[file:Squad ppsh41 drum safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holstering the PPSh-41 - ''The player releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes foward; most weapons require their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them'']]


=Assault Rifles and Battle Rifles=
==L85A2==
The [[L85A2]] is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defense railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a [[Squad#L123A2 UGL|L123A2 UGL]] mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.


== M4A1 ==
Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top. The V2.0 update introduced another variant using an ELCAN 4x scope as the "L85A2 LDS." As of the V2.15 update, all the ACOG variants have been replaced with ELCAN scopes.
The [[M4A1]] is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. It it equipped with a KAC railed handguard, and may come with either an M68 CCO alone, with a carry handle and KAC foregrip, or with an M68 CCO and KAC foregrip. The last configuration is only available to the squad leader class  and, like all squad leader primary weapons, is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[file:L85A2 upgraded.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 reload 4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad L85A2 SUSAT Vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l85a2 acog aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.]]
[[File:Squad L85A2 LDS (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ELCAN-equipped L85 in the low ready stance.]]
[[File:Squad L85A2 LDS (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the ELCAN.]]


''A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and the marking "M4 Carbine" on the lower receiver.''
==L22A2==
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
The [[L22A2]] is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.
[[file:Squad m4a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M4A1 in first-person]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 aim2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming through an over-sized CompM4]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M4A1 - ''The player first checks the chamber...'']]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Switches magazines...'']]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And finishing by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied, just like the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]]]]
[[file:Squad m4a1 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the squad leader's M4A1 - ''Note the M4 Carbine markings'']]


== M4 Carbine ==
Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.
The [[M4 carbine]] is available to the US Army squad leader, rifleman, medic, grenadier and light anti-tank, and the Militia squad leader and rifleman. It feeds from 30-round box magazines like the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]]. The US Army's M4 Carbine is equipped with a KAC railed handguard, and comes with a M150 RCO (for the squad leader and rifleman, the latter being a limited kit), an M68 CCO (for the medic) or a [[M203A1 Grenade Launcher|M203A1]] (for the grenadier).
[[file:Sa80A2-l22a2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - while the sight picture is largely the same, the front post is obviously far closer and larger here.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]] and the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2]] below.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad L22A2 SUSAT Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.]]


The M4 Carbine used by the Militia comes with a round handguard, and is only available in that configuration. The rifleman class with the M4 Carbine is a limited kit.
==EF88==
The [[Thales F90|EF88]] was introduced as the standard assault rifle/carbine for the ADF with the V2.15 update. It has both normal and "EF88C" carbine variants, and comes in a wide latitude of configurations. It has folding BUIS in its most default configurations, and the "ET552" holographic sight for the rifle-length variant, and ELCan Specter scopes for both versions. Squad Leaders have usable Grippods that allow them to deploy the EF88 for added accuracy bonuses. It also has a usable fire selector for semi/full-auto functionality.
[[File:F90.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Thales F90/EF88 - 5.56x45mm]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A fairly basic EF88C setup in Sumari.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the KAC flip sights.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking at the EF88's right side, showing off the serialized bolt.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Aussie inspects his magazine during the reload.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A rifle-length EF88 equipped with the holographic sight.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the standard EOTech reticle.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a look at the very nicely detailed locked back bolt and magazine follower after the EF88 runs dry.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (8).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting a new magazine...]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (9).jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pushing in the AUG A3 style bolt release tab.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (10).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The EF88 kitted out with a Specter scope and SL40.]]
[[File:Squad EF88 (11).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ELCan's scope view.]]


Like every other squad leader primary weapon, the respective squad leaders' M4 Carbine is loaded with tracer rounds.
==F88 Austeyr==
[[file:ColtM4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm]]
The Chora RAAS v3 engagement includes somewhat more historic loadouts for the ADF - namely, all the EF-88 variants are replaced with classic [[F88 Austeyr]] rifles, complete with the classic A1 scopes. As with the EF-88, these have usable fire selectors, which is actually technically accurate for the F88 as the Australians outfitted it with a modified selector that can block the two-stage trigger's full travel without engaging the auto sear.
[[file:ColtM4 FirstVersion.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm]]  
[[File:Austeyr.jpg|thumb|none|400px|F88 Austeyr - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad m4 mil hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person]]
[[File:Squad F88 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The groovy 70s F88 out on Chora.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a TA31RCO equipped]]
[[File:Squad F88 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming at the sky with the iconic donut-within-crosshair reticule of the A1 scope.]]
[[file:Squad m4 us aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA31RCO - ''Note the honeycomb of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight (faded to simulate focus)'']]
[[File:Squad F88 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Unlike the newer EF88 above, the Austeyr's bolt doesn't lock back when empty. Some older disruptive Auscam sleeves would complete the old school look.]]
[[File:Squad F88 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling up a new waffle mag.]]
[[File:Squad F88 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Sliding it in with some clipping of the right sleeve.]]
[[File:Squad F88 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And giving the F88's charging handle a yank to rechamber it.]]


== AK-74 ==
==Heckler & Koch HK416==
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Insurgent rifleman, as a limited kit, and the Militia squad leader, rifleman and grenadier classes. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. This is to mimic the prevalence of 5.45x39mm weapons in the Eastern Europe theater over the Middle East and Asian theater. It may be fitted with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] for use by the grenadier class, which also comes with a recoil pad. Like every other squad leader primary weapon, the Militia squad leader's AK-74 is loaded with tracers.
===Heckler & Koch M27 IAR===
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
Introduced with the USMC as part of the V3.0 update, the [[Heckler & Koch M27 IAR]] is issued to the Marine automatic riflemen subclass and is available to squad leader roles. All versions are equipped with Harris bipods, and the automatic rifleman has the ACOG SDO scope.
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person]]
[[File:H&K M27 IAR.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch M27 IAR - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the adjustable sights]]
[[File:H&K-M27-IAR-USMC.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch M27 IAR with bipod, vertical foregrip, and Trijicon SU-258/PVQ Squad Day Optic - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - ''The player rocks the magazine in...'']]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the flight deck of the USS Essex for some at-sea qualifications with the M27 IAR.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And racking the charging handle with the strong arm - This reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles'']]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the KAC BUIS.]]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the bipod legs atop a crate.]]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the deployed M27 IAR.]]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Chambering the IAR with a civilized thumbing-of-the-bolt release.]]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The right side of the ACOG-equipped IAR - it has the red illuminator band covered in blue 100-MPH tape, a neat detail. Oddly, none of the variants come with the vertical grip.]]
[[File:Squad M27 IAR (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The reticle of the SU-258 SDO.]]


== AKS-74 ==
===Heckler & Koch M38 SDMR===
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia medic and light anti-tank classes, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. ''Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for Riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.''
The M38 SDMR the primary rifle used by the USMC Marskman roles. It features a Leupold Mark 4 MR/T scope similar the M110 SASS and has a bipod, but lacks the KAC QDSS-NT4 suppressor. It also is locked to semi-auto despite being the same base 416 rifle as the M27 IAR.
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - ''One may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock'']]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - ''The skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame'']]


== AKS-74N ==
[[File:M38-SDMR.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch M38 SDMR - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia and Insurgent rifleman classes as limited kits, and comes mounted with a 1P78 Kashtan. While the dovetail rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there would be no other way you would be able to mount such an optic, unless you were to use superglue. It goes by "AKS-74 + 1P78" in game.  
[[File:Squad M38 SDMR (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking at the M38 SDMR while shipboard.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P78 Kashtan mounted, in first person]]
[[File:Squad M38 SDMR (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the Leupold scope.]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the player aims for the one behind it.]]
[[File:Squad M38 SDMR (3.jpg|thumb|none|602px|The right side of the SDMR.]]
[[File:Squad M38 SDMR (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M38. Note that the selector is on the Auto position, despite being locked to semi-auto in game.]]


== AK-74M ==
==AK-74==
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes except the marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It holds 30 rounds in its magazine, and may come as a stock rifle, with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted (for the squad leader and rifleman, the latter being a limited kit), or with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] and recoil pad (for the grenadier). Like every other squad leader primary weapon, the squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracers. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].
The [[AK-74]] is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:AK-74_NTW_12_92.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - ''Note the grip of the left hand on the magazine'']]
[[file:Squad ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad ak74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - ''The polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and dovetail rail, all features that many titles leave out, are all visible here'']]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78 Kashtan mounted, in first person]]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks the magazine in...]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the Kashtan - ''Obviously, the reticle and view is the same as that for the [[Squad#AKS-74N with 1P78 Kashtan|AKS-74N]] earlier'']]
[[file:Squad ak74 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.]]
[[file:Squad ak74 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety.]]


== AKS-74U ==  
==AKS-74==
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia heavy anti-tank classes, and holds 30 rounds in its magazine. It has the highest rate of fire among the AK rifles in the game.
The [[AKS-74]] is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the [[Squad#AKMS|AKMS]], it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:AKS-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person]]
[[file:Squad aks74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad aks74 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.]]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKS-74U - ''As with all weapons with detachable magazines, the player checks the magazine first prior to inserting it'']]
[[file:Squad aks74u reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Rocking the magazine into place]]


== AKM ==  
==AKS-74N==
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent rifleman and grenadier, and the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and like the other 7.62mm AK rifles, is capable of knocking out a target at close range with 2 shots to the chest. It come with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] and recoil pad for the grenadier.
The [[AKS-74|AKS-74N]] is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[File:AKS-74 1P29.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as he threatens yet another target]]
[[file:Squad aks74n hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad aks74n aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.]]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM]]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle]]
[[file:Squad akm safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Engaging the safety]]


== AKMS ==
==AK-74M==
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent light anti-tank, just as the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]] is to the Militia counterpart. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and ''like the AKS-74, was originally planned to be a random spawn for Riflemen using the AKM in order to increase the aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.''
The [[AK-74M]] is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes except the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]].
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From the crouched position, one can faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock]]
[[file:Squad akms reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKMS - ''A part of folding stock is only visible with the help of freelook'']]


== PM md. 63 ==
Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.
The [[AK-47#AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is the one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, with the other being the [[Squad#G3A4|G3A4]]. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like all squad leader primary weapons, it is loaded with tracer rounds.
[[file:AK-74M.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-74M - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person]]
[[file:Squad ak74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad ak74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - ''With the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the player rocks the magazine at an angle instead'']]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle with the strong hand]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ak74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.]]


== AMD-65 ==  
==AKS-74U==  
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent Medic kit, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. It is likely to be the shortest 7.62mm AK rifle, and coupled with the recoil reduction from the foregrip, makes it a comfortable rifle for close combat.
The [[AKS-74U]] is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. 45-round RPK magazines are available to some roles.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:AKSU-Krinkov.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person]]
[[file:Squad aks74u hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKS-74U in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad aks74u aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - ''It has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]]'']]
[[file:Squad AKS-74U (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Militant reloading the Krinkov with a new 45-rounder in hand.]]
[[file:Squad AKS-74U (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The new "Iraqi" empty reload animation.]]


== G3A3 ==  
==AKM==  
The [[G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent rifleman as a limited kit, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with slimline handguards.
The [[AKM]] is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a [[Squad#GP-25|GP-25]] mounted.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:AKMRifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKM - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person]]
[[file:Squad akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad_akm_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - ''The player pulls the charging handle back to lock it...'']]
[[file:Squad_akm_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AKM.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...'']]
[[file:Squad akm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the charging handle.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And ends it with the HK slap'']]
[[File:Squad AKM (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|As of V4.3, all the Militia and Insurgents reload their AKs in a tacticool style, and perform empty reloads "Iraqi" style.]]
[[File:Squad AKM Drum.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Cell Leader has also had access to a Molot drum magazine as of some updates.]]


== G3A4 ==
==AKMS==
The [[G3A4]] is one of two weapons available to the Insurgent squad leader, with the other being the [[Squad#PM md. 63|PM md. 63]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and comes with wide handguards. Like all other squad leader primary weapons, it comes loaded with tracer rounds.
The [[AKMS]] is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the [[Squad#AKS-74|AKS-74]], it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.
[[File:G3A4.jpg|thumb|none|350px|G3A4 with "wide" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:AKMS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AKMS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in first person - ''The only distinguishing factor from the G3A3 from this screen is the lack of the green solid stock, and wider profile of the handguard'']]
[[file:Squad akms hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.]]
[[file:Squad g3a4 safety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Turning off the G3A4's safety - ''The sliding stock is now partially visible'']]
[[file:Squad akms vault.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.]]


== SKS-45 ==  
==AK-12==
The [[SKS|SKS-45]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scout classes and feeds from its 10-round internal magazine. Its folding bayonet is currently unusable. It is reloaded with stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip by pulling the bolt back first to lock it and partially loading the rounds into the magazine.  
As of the V5.0 Update, the VDV sub-faction of the Russian Armed Forces is equipped with the 2017/2018 spec Kalashnikov Concern [[AK-12]]. Airborne grunts get a bog standard version with no attachments, and other roles mix between vertical grips, 1P78 scopes, 1P87 Valday holographic sights, and it has grenadier versions with the GP-25.
[[File:AK-12.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AK-12, 2018 version - 5.45x39mm.]]
[[File:Squad AK-12 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the AK-12 with a disengagement of the safety, careful to not overset it past the semi-auto setting...]]
[[File:Squad AK-12 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A VDV trooper holding the AK-12 while doing his level best to keep his BTR-D from getting stolen.]]
[[File:Squad AK-12 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Iron sights of the AK-12. These dial out to 800m.]]
[[File:Squad AK-12 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the sight picture of the 1P87.]]
[[File:Squad AK-12 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AK-12, the trooper here regrets not spending his own kopeks on a Holosun...]]
[[File:Squad AK-12 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Strong-arming the bolt on an AK-12 equipped with the Kashtan scope and vertical grip.]]


''Note that while it is possible to reload an SKS mid-clip, one needs to manually hold as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. The other alternative would be to flip open the magazine floor by engaging a latch so as to drop all loose rounds, then pull the bolt back to lock it. The way it works in game was a deliberate decision allegedly for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in game can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round having been ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.''
==AS Val==
Also part of V5.0, the VDV has a Scout role that is unusually issued with the [[AS Val]], including an OKP-7 reflex sight.
[[File:AS Val.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AS Val - 9x39mm]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AS Val draws just like the AKs, with the safety notched off.]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A professional VDV soldier with the AS Val at the hip.]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the OKP's distinct green reticle. While it's an iconic pairing, the OKP-7's open design is fairly exposed to the elements and not considered very hardy.]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing an empty magazine.]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Bringing out a new one, giving a clear view of the cartridges.]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And setting it in.]]
[[File:Squad AS Val (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|With the Val, the operator underhands the bolt akin to the Insurgents and Irregular forces.]]


''Finally, while it looks like the player is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again.''
==PM md. 63==
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|350px|Simonov Type 45 - 7.62x39mm]]
The [[AK-47#AIM/AIMS|PM.md.63 (AIM)]] is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Turning off the safety as the player prepares to exert dominance over a group of targets]]
[[file:Aimrifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person]]
[[file:Squad md63 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PM md. 63 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Leaning to the right to get a sight picture on a pair of metal delinquents that need punishing]]
[[file:Squad md63 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - ''Note that the magazine is already full'']]
[[file:Squad md63 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - ''On an empty reload, the player doesn't need to open the bolt beforehand, and empties the stripper clip into the magazine'']]
[[file:Squad md63 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a half-used stripper clip that somehow has used up 4 rounds - ''No matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The half-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, but will still hold the same number of rounds as earlier left off'']]


=Machine Guns=  
==AMD-65==
The [[AMD-65]] is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.
[[file:AMD-65 wood.jpg|thumb|none|400px|AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad amd65 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AMD-65 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad amd65 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the [[Squad#PM md. 63|md. 63]].]]
 
==SKS==
The [[SKS]] is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS also features a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.
 
Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in ''Squad'' can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.
 
Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again. This was changed in the V2.0 update; the partial reload animation now shows the user manually holding the bolt back with his left hand and loading single rounds into the magazine in a much more mechanically correct way - though the +1 in the chamber still incorrectly occurs.
[[file:Simonov-Russian-SKS45.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SKS - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad sks draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.]]
[[file:Squad sks hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad sks aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.]]
[[file:Squad sks reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad_sks_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PU.]]
[[file:Squad SKS PU Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.]]
[[File:Squad SKS (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The V2.0 new non-empty reload animation with individual rounds - which would probably be extremely uncomfortable for the Insurgent's left fingers.]]
[[File:Squad SKS (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The bolt does stick open though, so the user pops it forward underhanded.]]
[[File:Squad SKS (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Unfolding the sword-style bayonet.]]
[[File:Squad SKS (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SKS in melee-mode.]]
 
==Mosin-Nagant M91/30==
Added in V2.0, the classic [[Mosin_Nagant_Rifle|Mosin Nagant M91/30]] enters the arsenals of the Insurgents in three specific variants. The classic full-length M91/30 appears as an optional kit for the Fighter class. It reloads from empty with a five-round stripper clip and can be topped off with loose rounds, although as with the V2.0 SKS reload revision, this allows for an incorrect +1 in the chamber which is not possible with Mosin rifles.
[[file:M9130.jpg|thumb|none|450px|Mosin Nagant M91/30 rifle - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:SquadM9130.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a trip to the short range with an old classic, the M91/30.]]
[[file:SquadM9130Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking down the sights reveals the classic rear notch and globe of the M91/30.]]
[[file:SquadM9130Recoil.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And firing the Mosin removes that entirely. And this is just on the full-length "Nugget". It only gets punchier from here.]]
[[file:SquadM9130Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the reload, crack open the bolt.]]
[[file:SquadM9130Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Stuff in five rounds of 7.62x54R, praise the /k/ube and continue on.]]
 
===Mosin-Nagant M38 Carbine===
The shorter [[Mosin Nagant Model 1938 Carbine]] appears as the new main arm of the Sapper class.
[[File:M38Carbine.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Mosin Nagant M38 Carbine - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[file:SquadM38.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 91/30's tinier little brother gets taken out for a spin.]]
[[file:SquadM38Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The sights look similar, albeit obviously closer together.]]
[[file:SquadM38Cycling.jpg|thumb|none|600px|But everything else operates the same. A nice touch with the Mosins in Squad is the lack of a "hold open" once the gun is empty. The character will just cycle the gun straight to empty without a second thought.]]
 
===Mosin Nagant M91/30 Sniper Rifle===
Along side the other Mosin variants, the [[Mosin Nagant Rifle|Mosin Nagant M91/30 rifle]] fitted with a PU scope is added to the Insurgents' new Sniper class.
[[Image:MosinNagantM9130Sniper.jpg|thumb|none|450px|Mosin Nagant M91/30 sniper variant with Russian PU scope and down-turned bolt handle - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:SquadM9130PUSafety.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the one we've all been waiting for. Time to show off the Mosin's draw animation, and like Project Reality, this game remembers the Mosin's safety notch.]]
[[file:SquadM9130PU.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 91/30 with a PU in all its glory. It's not Stalingrad, but it'll do.]]
[[file:SquadM9130PUScope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking down the scope reveals a similar view to RS2 and the earlier mentioned SKS, a high set of a post and wing. Vintage in comparison to the other faction's more modern snipers but...]]
[[file:SquadM9130PUScope2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Still just as effective in the right hands.]]
[[file:SquadM9130PUReload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|After 5 shots at long-ish range, the M91/30 gets fed its regular diet of 7.62x54R spoon fed into the magazine.]]
 
==Heckler & Koch G3A3==
The [[Heckler & Koch G3A3]] is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, feeding from 20 round magazines and being equipped with slim line handguards. The G3A3 is also the standard issue rifle of the MEA, who have both the standard iron sight only version as well as the option for a Hensoldt ZF-1 scope or a Zeiss Z-Point red dot. There's also the option for a G3A3 equipped with an HK79 grenade launcher for the MEA Grenadier.
 
Rather bizarrely, the G3A3 also serves as the MEA's Automatic Rifle. Known as the "G3A3 + Drum Mag", this version uses the wide handguards and equips a bipod as well as X-Product 50 round drum mags, fittingly loaded with tracers as part of this battle rifle's transformation into a lightweight support weapon.
[[File:HKG3A3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A3 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_g3_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad g3a3 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_magazine.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...]]
[[file:Squad_g3_slap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it with the classic HK slap.]]
[[File:SquadG3ZPoint.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Out to the killhouse, we go with the MEA's special Z-Point variant of the G3A3.]]
[[File:SquadG3ZPointAiming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Working on some room clearing, we get a good look of the Z-Point dot.]]
[[file:SquadG3ZPointReload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|But the reload?]]
[[file:SquadG3ZPointReload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Exactly the same, and just as satisfying.]]
[[File:G3a3zf.jpg|thumb|none|500px|G3A3ZF with Hensoldt 4x24 optical sight - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:SquadG3ZF1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The other neat variant of the G3A3 added was the ZF-1 equipped version. A vintage magnified option for sure, but fun nonetheless.]]
[[File:SquadG3ZF1Aiming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A look down the glass of the ZF-1, very clear for 60's vintage glass isn't it?]]
[[File:G3a3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3A3 with wide handguard - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:SquadG3LMG.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the most weird version of the G3 added in V1.0, and that's saying something with the HK-51 was included. The G3 "LMG".]]
[[File:SquadG3LMGBipod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The neat feature to this gun is the fitted bipod.]]
[[File:SquadG3LMGBees.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Well that and it being loaded with tracers.]]
[[File:SquadG3LMGReload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|It does get its own neat reload with a slightly less violent tug of the charging handle...]]
[[File:SquadG3LMGReload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And a swap of the drums. But no slap for you. You'll get enough of that with the rest of these reloads.]]
 
===Heckler & Koch G3A4===
Originally added in the game as an optional rifle kit for the Insurgent Cell Leader, the [[Heckler & Koch G3|Heckler & Koch G3A4]] returns with the addition of the MEA as the standard issue rifle for MEA Squad Leaders. It comes in the same three variants of the other MEA G3s, iron sight only/Zeiss Z-Point or ZF-1 scope but with the SL standard of running tracer rounds.
[[Image:G3A4.jpg|400px|thumb|none|Heckler & Koch G3A4 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:SquadG3A4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The G3A4 in the field. The only noticeable difference is the wide "tropical" handguard.]]
[[File:SquadG3A4Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Beyond the collapsing stock, it's all effectively the same rifle.]]
[[File:SquadG3A4Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Including the ever so satisfying SLAP.]]
 
===Heckler & Koch G3KA4===
The carbine of the MEA, the short [[Heckler & Koch G3KA4]] appears with the group's Light Anti-Tank and Combat Engineer classes, with the same options of optical/digital or iron sights.
[[Image:G3KA4.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3KA4 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:SquadG3KA4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Out in somewhere that's not the normal desert range, we get the KA4. Can you tell the barrel is shorter?]]
[[File:SquadG3KA4Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|I mean it's exactly what you'd expect.]]
[[File:SquadG3KA4Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|It works...]]
[[File:SquadG3KA4Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Exactly as you'd expect. Slap included.]]
 
===Heckler & Koch G3SG/1===
MEA Marksman are issued the [[Heckler & Koch G3SG/1]] as a sniper rifle. It is limited to semi-automatic fire only.
[[File:H&KSG1.jpg‎|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch G3SG/1 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:SquadG3SG1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Back in the guard tower, we see the G3/SG1. The slightly sleeker of the many G3 variants.]]
[[File:SquadG3SG1Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking down the scope, we get a very simple reticle. A cross hair with a central red dot.]]
[[File:SquadG3SG1Irons2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And that reticle is a very nice inclusion all things considered.]]
[[File:SquadG3SG1Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The reload is what you'd expect. But...]]
[[File:SquadG3SG1Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|What about the bipod reload?]]
[[File:SquadG3SG1BipodReload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|HA! ITS JUST THE G3A3 LMG'S RELOAD!]]
 
===HK51===
The last of the G3s on offer for the MEA, the shortie [[Heckler & Koch G3|HK51]] appears as the compact carbine of the MEA. Given its short length, it only comes with iron sights or the Z-Point, and only for the Pilot, Lead Crewman and Heavy Anti-Tank Classes.
[[File:NPSHK51.JPG|thumb|400px|none|HK51 - 7.62x51mm]]
[[File:SquadHK51.jpg|thumb|none|600px|After so many flavors of G3. We get to the one you want to see. The TINY one.]]
[[File:SquadHK51Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The sights, just a little too close for comfort.]]
[[File:SquadHK51Recoil.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And if you want, you can flick it to full auto, mag dump all 20 rounds and rattle your fillings loose.]]
[[File:SquadHK51Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the rest is...]]
[[File:SquadHK51Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Exactly what you expect.]]
 
==StG 58==
The [[FN FAL|StG 58]] is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.
[[File:StG 58.jpg|thumb|none|400px|StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN FAL in first person.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.]]
[[file:Squad StG58 Reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.]]
 
==QBZ-95-1==
[[QBZ-95-1]] rifles are the standard service rifle for the PLA with the V4.0 Update, and the PLA Navy Marine Corps in V5.0.
[[File:Norinco QBZ95-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|QBZ-95-1 - 5.8x42mm]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Flicking the safety off the QBZ-95-1 rifle during a stroll through the red house neighborhood.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inspecting the QBZ-95-1. It's held with an almost C-clamp style grip.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The QBZ's fairly straightforward ghost-ring-and-hooded sights.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Rocking in another 5.8mm waffled mag while empty - the bolt is locked back.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the charging handle to send it and the bolt along their way.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A PLA soldier with the holo-sighted QBZ under a stormy Pacific night.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming upon the heavens with the backwards not-EOTech.]]
 
===QBZ-95B-1===
The [[QBZ-95-1|QBZ-95B-1]] carbine is issued to China's HAT, Engineer, and vehicle crew kits.
[[File:QBZ95B-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|QBZ-95B-1 - 5.8x42mm]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95B-1 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Right side of the QBZ-95B-1 carbine.]]
[[File:Squad QBZ-95B-1 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inspecting the magazine and its 5.8x42mm rounds.]]
 
=Light Machine Guns=  
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.
Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.


Line 194: Line 534:
Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.
Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.


== M249 SAW ==  
==M249 SAW==  
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, with the other being the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. It comes equipped with a full length barrel, heat shield and synthetic stock, and feeds from 200-round ammo boxes. It is unlocked later than the kit with the RPK-74.
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 SAW]] is featured in ''Squad'' disguised as the "Minimi," for the Milita. It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]].
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|350px|M249-E2 SAW - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 in first person]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods, the next best thing since sliced bread - ''Note the full length barrel and heat shield'']]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - ''The player first racks the charging handle before reloading...'']]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...'']]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Loads a new belt onto the feed tray...'']]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And closes the feed cover when done'']]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Note the old 200-round box, the M249 Paratrooper below uses a 100-round box instead]]


== M249 Paratrooper ==
An RFI updated M249 is included with the USMC faction with the V3.0 update. It uses the Trijicon SDO scope.
The [[FN Minimi#M249-E1 / M249-E2 / M249 Paratrooper SAW|M249 Paratrooper]] is available to the US Army automatic rifleman as the "M249 PIP", and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. It comes with the distinct short barrel of the Paratrooper variant, and contains parts from the Product Improvement Package (PIP) kit, including a upgraded heat shield, RIS handguard and telescoping buttstock. It can either be equipped with an M68 CCO or M145 MGO, with the latter unlcosk later than the former.
[[file:Fn m249saw mk2 10-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm]]  
[[file:Squad_m249_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person]]
[[file:Squad m249 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper reveals the heat shield and short barrel]]  
[[file:08 squad m249 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CompM4]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Note the smaller 100-round box]]
[[file:Squad_m249_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO, in first person]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload box.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new 200-round ammo box...]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[file:Squad m249 reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover when done.]]
[[File:Squad M249 USMC (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Marine SAW gunner inspects the right side of his M249 in Iraq.]]
[[File:Squad M249 USMC (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249, deployed.]]
[[File:Squad M249 USMC (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking through the scope, akin to the same ACOG used on the M27 IAR.]]


== RPK ==
==M249 Paratrooper==
The [[FN Minimi#M249|M249 Paratrooper]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no M67s.
[[file:M249 Para ACOG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad m249 para hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M68 CCO.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m249 para scope aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
 
==L110A2==
The [[FN Minimi|L110A2]], an FN Minimi Para variant with an L85-style dovetail rail, appears in ''Squad'' as the "L110A2 Minimi". It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]]. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.
 
At release, the in-game L110A2 is in fact a basic FN Minimi Para with Picatinny rails and original rear sight instead of the L110's unique rear sight. These issues have been fixed in an update, and the in-game L110A2 now more closely resembles the proper British military variant.
 
[[file:British L110A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad L110A2 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Standing next to an Estonian petrol station with the update L110A2 LMG.]]
[[File:Squad L110A2 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking through the iron sights.]]
[[File:Squad L110A2 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The right side of the updated SUSAT variant - it shares rollmarks with the American M249.]]
[[file:MinimiPara.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The original L110A2, or an FN Minimi Para, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original [[FN Minimi|Minimi]] handguards.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the original incorrect iron sights - it shares the same sights as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]] and [[Squad#M249 Paratrooper|M249 Paratrooper]].]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l110a2 susat aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.]]
 
==C9A2==
The [[FN_Minimi#C9_Light_Machine_Gun|C9A2 light machine gun]] is available to the Canadian Army automatic rifleman. It comes with an C79A2 optical sight mounted.
[[file:C9A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|C9A2 light machine gun with C79A2 optical sight - 5.56x45mm]]
[[file:SquadC9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|At a local construction sight, we find the rarely seen Minimi variant, the C9A2. Note the correct C77 marked ammo box underneath.]]
[[file:SquadC9Scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the tube reveals the same basic set-up as the earlier C7. Same post, same point, same hazy front sight that's out of focus.]]
[[file:SquadC9Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And like the other FN Minimi variants, the same reload. Open top cover, check the feed tray...]]
[[file:SquadC9Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Swap box, fit and feed belt, slap down top cover, continue forward.]]
[[File:Squad C9A2 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Right side of the C9, showing that it has a different receiver texture. Note the classic Diemaco green CAR stock and AN/PEQ-2 designator.]]
 
==FN Minimi F89==
As part of the V2.15 update, the [[FN Minimi]] is issued to the ADF Automatic Rifleman as the '''F89 Minimi'''. It mounts the EOTech 552 holographic sight.
[[File:Minimi Standard 5.56 (2012).jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN Minimi Standard - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad F89 Minimi (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Aussie looks over his F89 LMG. It appears to also have US rollmarks, and the 552 sight is cleverly marked as an "EchoTech."]]
[[File:Squad F89 Minimi (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming through said "EchoTech."]]
[[File:Squad F89 Minimi (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Opening up the F89's top cover on a reload.]]
[[File:Squad F89 Minimi (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inspecting the chamber.]]
[[File:Squad F89 Minimi (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Replacing the belt box.]]
 
==L86A2 LSW==
The [[L86A2|L86A2 LSW]] is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]].
[[Image:L86A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L86A2 LSW in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.]]
[[file:Squad l86a2 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]].]]
 
==RPK==
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.  
The [[RPK]] is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.  
[[Image:Rpk 02.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RPK 40 round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[Image:RPK right side.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with cleaning rod removed, folded bipod and 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed by performing an overhand charging technique]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 charge.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle.]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 40 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#AKM|AKM]].]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person]]
[[file:Rpk_01_drum.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - ''The player wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by tugging on the charging handle while still gripping the drum magazine'']]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk 75 reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.]]
 
==RPK-74==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the [[Squad#M249 SAW|latter]].
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.]]
 
==RPK-74M==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the [[Squad#RPK-74|RPK-74]]. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.]]
 
==RPD==
Added in V2.0, the [[RPD|RPD light machine gun]] appears as a replacement for the RPK in the Fire Support role Automatic Rifleman class.
[[file:RPD-Light-Machine-Gun.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPD - 7.62x39mm]]
[[file:SquadRPD.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPD in-game. Like the heavier machine guns, it's carried at a low ready-ish position.]]
[[file:SquadRPDIrons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, adjustable all the way to 1000 meters.]]
[[file:SquadRPDReload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|After dumping 100 rounds of 7.62x39 with reckless abandon, reloading begins by cracking open the top cover and running the bolt.]]
[[file:SquadRPDReload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Before swapping the drums. A nice touch, the tab that holds the drums in place is actuated when the drum is swapped.]]
[[file:SquadRPDReload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|With the drums swapped, the belt is finally fed into the gun.]]
 
==QJB-95-1==
The [[QJB-95-1]] is issued to regular PLA Automatic Riflemen kits.
[[File:QBB95-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|QJB-95-1 - 5.8x42mm]]
[[File:Squad QJB-95 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Chinese Automatic Rifleman with the YMA-scoped QJB-95-1 out in the not-Gobi desert.]]
[[File:Squad QJB-95 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The YMA's reticle.]]
[[File:Squad QJB-95 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inspecting the 75-round drum mag.]]
[[File:Squad QJB-95 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Locking one in on the reload. Note that it manages to lock the bolt back.]]
[[File:Squad QJB-95 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Charging the QJB-95.]]
[[File:Squad QJB-95 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The QJB-95-1 deployed on a HESCO sand crate.]]
 
==QJY-88==
In addition, the [[QJY-88]] is used by the PLA's Machinegunner role.
[[File:Type88gpmg1.jpg|thumb|400px|none|QJY-88 with scope, ammo box, and tripod - 5.8x42mm]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A Chinese support gunner with the QJY-88 held in the low ready.]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the MG upon a wood crate.]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the offset optic.]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Changing out the QJY's 200-round belt boxes.]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Snaking in a new belt.]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Then right-handing the top cover down.]]
[[File:Squad QJY-88 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Working the RPD-like charging handle; here it is pressed back up at the end.]]
 
=Medium Machine Guns=
==M240B==
The [[M240B]] is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the M145 MGO.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and closes the feed cover at last.]]
 
==M240G==
The V3.0 update introduced the [[M240G]] for the Marines. It is issued to the USMC machine gunner kit, and is mounted on most of the Marines' vehicles. It mounts a Trijicon TA11H-308 Machine Gun Optic.
[[File:Fn mag g.jpg|thumb|none|400px|USMC M240G - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad M240G (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 240 Golf deployed up on a railroad depot.]]
[[File:Squad M240G (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Contrasting the SDO reticle against the overcast skies.]]
[[File:Squad M240G (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Idling reveals the right side of the M240G.]]
[[File:Squad M240G (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloads are identical to the other MAG variants.]]
 
==FN MAG 58==
The [[FN MAG 58]] appears in ''Squad'' posing as the British [[L7 Machine Gun|L7A2 GPMG]] and as the Canadian [[FN MAG|C6 GPMG]] (appearing originally as the "C6A2," now as the "C6 FLEX"). It is available to the British and Canadian machine gunners, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]] above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 or C6 does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle.
It also appears for the Aussies as the ''Mag58'' and normally is only found on the Defence Force's vehicles, though it appears as a replacement for the Maximi on the Chora RAAS v3 map alongside the classic F88 Austeyr.
[[File:FNMAG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:L7a2 gpmg left.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.<!--Please help with terminology fixing-->]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the [[Squad#M240B|M240B]], just without the optic on top.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.]]
[[File:Squad l7a2 receiver.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.]]
[[File:Squad C6 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hoisting up the C6 FLEX GPMG out around the "HASCO" defenses at the Basra airfield. Note the CADPAT green belt sack.]]
[[File:SquadC6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The C6 set up on the wall, sharing pretty much every bit of the L7's model.]]
[[File:SquadC6Sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Including the same sights, plus the flip up ones.]]
[[File:Squad C6 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the bolt back after discharging out the whole belt.]]
[[File:SquadC6Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the same animation of opening the top cover...]]
[[File:SquadC6Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And seating the belt.]]
[[File:Squad C6 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A C6 FLEX atop the loader's hatch on the Canadian Leopard 2A6M. The stock should actually be polymer black-colored as part of the FLEX upgrade program.]]
[[File:Squad MAG 58 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed ADF MAG 58. The rear sight is set to 900m and has the rear leaf deployed.]]
[[File:Squad MAG 58 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the long-distance sight. It can dial out to 1800 meters.]]
[[File:Squad MAG 58 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Right side of the FN MAG.]]


== RPK-74 ==
==FN Maximi==
The [[RPK-74]] is one of the two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the [[Squad#M249 SAW|M249 SAW]]. It has 45 rounds in its bakelite magazine and unlocks earlier than the M249 SAW.
The ADF-designated Maximi is the 7.62 variant of the [[FN Minimi]] Mk3 is the MMG/GPMG normally issued to the ADF Machine Gunner kit.
[[file:Soviet_RPK-74.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[File:MK48.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Mk 48 Mod 0 - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74 in first person]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a look at the right side of the Maximi along the highway to Al-Basrah.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he points his machine gun threateningly at the sun]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the Maximi as held from at the low-ready. It lacks the STANAG magwell.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed - ''The animation is similar to that of the RPK and the [[Squad#RPK-74M|RPK-74M]] below]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Popping open the bipod and setting the MG on a jersey barrier.]]
[[file:Squad_rpk74_reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Charging the light machine gun]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the ELCan skyward.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74 reload alt.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player performs an overhand charging technique if reloading while undeployed]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Locking the bolt back at the beginning of an empty reload.]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the Maximi.]]
[[File:Squad Maximi (8).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The reload as seen undeployed, which gives a good view of the forend setup and vertical grip.]]


== RPK-74M ==
==PKM==
The [[RPK-74M]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round bakelite magazines. The Russian automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a mounted 1P78 Kashtan, with the latter only being unlocked when the enough players join the squad. Like the [[Squad#AK-74M|AK-74M]] above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture. The Militia gets a PKM with a 1P29 scope affixed on the same side-swinging mount as the PKP as of the V4.5 update.  
[[file:Rpk74m.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm]]
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKM - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M in first person - ''Note the grip of the left hand on the magazine'']]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing. Also note the ammo belt dangling off of the left side; the 7.62x54mmR ammo belts are non-disintegrating, and the firing animations in ''Squad'' correctly animate it as such (though animations that interact with the belt, such as reloads, always show it at a very short length to simplify the animation).]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 deploy.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPK-74M, with a mounted 1P78 Kashtan and bipods deployed, in first person]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...flips the feed tray up and down...]]
[[file:Squad rpk74m 1p78 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Kashtan - ''Naturally, the reticle would be the same'']]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.]]
[[File:Squad PKM 1P29 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Irregular tracksuit gunner with the scoped PKMN.]]


== M240B ==
==PKP Pecheneg==
The [[FN MAG|M240B]] is available to the US Army's machine gunner class, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be another balance consideration.  
The [[PKP Pecheneg]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the [[Squad#PKM|PKM]] above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg. The VDV sub-faction uses PKPs without the scope, iron sights only.
[[File:M240-1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Pecheneg.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad m240b hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240B in first person]]
[[File:Squad pkp draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".]]
[[File:Squad m240b aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[File:Squad pkp aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M240B - ''The player first racks the charging handle...'']]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...'']]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Attach a new ammo bag that has received a "+50% capacity" blessing...'']]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Closing the tray and loading the new belt on top...'']]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls the charging handle...]]
[[File:Squad m240b reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And closing the feed cover at last'']]
[[File:Squad pkp reload 7.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and flips the scope back up.]]
[[File:Squad PKP (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A VDV gunner with his PKP out on a Skorpo ditch. Ain't got no scope for it.]]


== PKM ==
==MG3==
The [[PKM]] is available to the Insurgents, Militia and Russian Ground Forces and their respective machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture. Note that the PKM in the Russian Ground Forces arsenal is just a placeholder, and will be replaced by the [[PKM#PKP Pecheneg Machine Gun|PKP Pecheneg]] in a later build.
Added in V1.0 with the MEA, the [[MG3]] appears as the faction's GPMG of choice. It's used by the Machine Gunner class, fitted with a ELCAN scope and it's also fitted to a variety of the faction's vehicles.
[[File:HungarianPKM.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PKM - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[Image:MG 3.jpg|thumb|none|450px|MG3 Machine Gun - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad pkm draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PKM - ''As with the M240B (and probably PKP Pecheneg and L7A2 to come), the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing'']]
[[File:SquadMG3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Alongside this heavy ordnance, comes a very potent bit of heavy ordnance. The MG3.]]
[[File:Squad pkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[File:SquadMG3Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The sight down the mounted ELCAN scope, revealing a vintage reticle. But you know this because what you want with a videogame MG3...]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the PKM - ''The player flips open the feed cover...'']]
[[File:SquadMG3BEES.jpg|thumb|none|600px|IS THE BEES.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Flips the feed tray up and down...'']]
[[File:SquadMG3Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|After 100 rounds of bees fired mostly into the sky, the reload starts with a charge of the handle and an opening of the top cover.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box'']]
[[File:SquadMG3Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And a replaced box, new belt and a slapping down of said top cover.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Loads the new belt onto the feed tray...'']]
[[File:Squad MG3 Samir (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting behind the MG3 mounted on the MEA Simir jeep - the gunner racks the charging handle.]]
[[File:Squad pkm reload6.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover'']]
[[File:Squad MG3 Samir (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The mounted MG3 ready to rip.]]
[[File:Squad MG3 Samir (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with this version's distinct iron sights.]]
[[File:Squad MG3 Samir (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading in a new 7.62 NATO belt.]]


=Sniper Rifles=
=Sniper Rifles=
==M110 SASS==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted. Usable bipods were added to the M110 (and the L129A1 below) in Alpha 14, and the M110 received a AN/PEQ-15 device mounted on the three-o'clock rail position.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading. An interesting added procedure is the rifle is safed during the reload.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]
[[File:Squad M110 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The post Update 14 M110 SASS with its full kit.]]
[[File:Squad M110 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the bipod.]]
==L129A1 Sharpshooter==
The [[LMT rifle series|L129A1 Sharpshooter]] is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the [[Squad#L86A2 LSW|L86A2 LSW]]. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (minus the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.
[[file:LMTSharpshooter.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L129A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]], the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.]]
[[file:Squad l129a1 reload 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.]]
[[File:Squad L129A1 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The updated L129A1 with a Harris bipod.]]
==C14 Timberwolf==
The [[C14 Timberwolf]] is available to the Canadian Army sniper, and feeds from 5-round box magazines. It comes with a Schmidt & Bender PMII scope mounted and has a deployable bipod.
[[file:C14MRSWS.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PGW C14 Timberwolf with Harris bipod - .338 Lapua Magnum]]
[[File:Squad C14 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The equip/unequip animations of the C14 involve flicking its safety lever.]]
[[file:SquadC14.jpg|thumb|none|601px|Perched upon a rock with Squad's first proper bolt action sniper rifle.]]
[[file:SquadC14Scope.jpg|thumb|none|601px|Aiming with the C14's scope, a standard mil-dot with a red center dot. In earlier versions of the game, the muzzle brake was incorrectly visible through the scope; this has been fixed.]]
[[File:Squad C14 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the Harris bipod.]]
[[file:SquadC14Reload1.jpg|thumb|none|601px|Reloading the C14 by swapping the 5 rounder mag.]]
[[file:SquadC14Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|601px|Before opening and closing the bolt to feed a fresh round.]]
==Heckler & Koch HK417==
Introduced with the V2.15 update, the [[Heckler & Koch HK417]] is issued to the Australian sharpshooter. It is fitted with the same Trijicon TA648-308 scope as the UK's L129A1, and has a vertical grip and usable Harris bipod. The magwell has "F 417" inscribed on it despite the in-game menu name being "HK417," and the ADF officially refers to it by the commercial HK name without the "F" prefix.
[[File:HK417 16.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch HK417 with 16" barrel - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up on a balcony with the HK417.]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding the 417 at the hip.]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the ACOG at a wall to give the reticle something clean to contrast against.]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Upon empty, the marksman checks the HK417's empty chamber.]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading in a new 20-round magazine.]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And giving the bolt release a civilized tap.]]
[[File:Squad HK417 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Extending the Harris bipod.]]
==SVD==
The [[SVD]] is available to the Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] and [[Squad#L129A1 Sharpshooter|L129A1]] to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVD - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.]]
===SVDM===
The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a modern Kalashnikov Concern [[SVDM]]. The SVDM features a usable bipod and uses the 1P88 scope.
[[File:SVDM.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SVDM - 7.62x54mm R]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Freelooking at the new SVDM.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the 8x 1P88 scope - the reticle lines were thickened with the V2.0 update.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading in the same manner as its older predecessor.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pinky-pulling the charging handle to send the bolt into battery.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the SVDM's bipod.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVDM on the ground, in idle.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Magazine swaps a redone with the left hand, AK-like, while deployed.]]
[[File:Squad SVDM (8).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The deployed rechamber animation.]]
==SV-98M==
The V5.0 Update includes the [[SV-98]] as the issued sniper rifle to the VDV sub-faction, the second modern bolt action sniper in ''Squad'' since the Canadian C-14 Timberwolf. It uses a 1P69 scope, and loads with 10-round magazines of 7.62x45mmR.
[[File:SV-98 Handle Suppressed.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SV-98 with 1P69 scope, carry handle, suppressor, and mirage band - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Uneasy at the local dock, a VDV sharpshooter flicks the safety off his SV-98M...]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|..and brings it to shoulder.]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The red reticle of the 1P69 scope contrasting against the wooden dock boards.]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Working the SV-98's bolt, with the spent cartridge visible.]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|On empty, the sniper turns the bolt back, and withdraws the empty magazine.]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|He pulls up the new one for a quick glance, just make sure he's not shoving something else from his vest into the magwell.]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And deliberately actuates the SV-98's distinct button mag catch on the front of the magazine.]]
[[File:Squad SV-98M (8).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Lounging atop some crates with the SV-98 deployed.]]
==QBU-88==
As part of the V4.0 Update, the Chinese Marksman kit uses the [[QBU-88]] semiautomatic sniper rifle.
[[File:Qbu-88-0.jpg|thumb|400px|none|QBU-88 - 5.8x42mm]]
[[File:Squad QBU-88 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A PLA marksman pulls up his QBU-88. As this never had a -1 variation, the safety is still located back ahead of the magazine and is flicked off with the right hand.]]
[[File:Squad QBU-88 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the lookout for waterfowl at the marsh with the QBU. Here, the China-Clamp grip is visible.]]
[[File:Squad QBU-88 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Getting a high-contrast view of the QBU's scope against the sky.]]
[[File:Squad QBU-88 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the short ten-round mag. Here, the special 5.8 loading is visible.]]
[[File:Squad QBU-88 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And it rechambers with an underhand tug, tacticool style.]]
[[File:Squad QBU-88 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Extending the bipod.]]
=Grenade Launchers=
Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.
All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.
==GP-25==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GP-25 - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke grenade...]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.]]
==M203A2==
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A2]] is available to Grenadiers of the US and Canadian Armies, mounted on the [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]] and the C7A2 respectively. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A2, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down.
Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M713 red, M714 white, M715 greens, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.
[[File:M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A2, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.]]
[[File:Squad C7A2 M203A2 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|An M203A2 slung under the C7A2 rifle, a unique setup with the original upper handguard still retained.]]
[[File:Squad C7A2 M203A2 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Using the Canadian M203.]]
[[File:Squad C7A2 M203A2 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming through its distinct sight - it adjusts from 50m to 300m, here set at 100 to make the front post a bit more visible.]]
==L123A2 UGL==
The [[Heckler & Koch AG grenade launcher series#L123|Heckler & Koch AG-SA80]] appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#Enfield SA80A2|L85A2]]. Like the [[Squad#Knight's Armament M203A1|M203A1]], it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.
[[File:L85A2 with L123A2 UBGL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|L85A2 fitted with underslung L123A2 grenade launcher - 5.56x45mm, 40x46mm]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 exp.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round.]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...a blue smoke round....]]
[[file:Squad l123a2 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a red smoke round.]]
==Heckler & Koch HK79==
MEA Grenadiers use G3 battle rifles with underslung [[Heckler & Koch HK69A1|Heckler & Koch HK79]] 40mm launchers.
[[File:HK33HK79.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Heckler & Koch HK79 40mm mounted on [[Heckler & Koch HK33|Heckler & Koch HK33A2]] 5.56x45mm]]
[[File:SquadHK79.jpg|thumb|none|600px|High in the guard tower, sits the G3 with the underslug HK79 bloop tube.]]
[[File:SquadHK79Irons.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the side mounted sights, adjustable for all ranges.]]
[[File:SquadHK79IronsKaboom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Including that one.]]
[[File:SquadHK79Reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Cracking open the tube to remove the spent round.]]
[[File:SquadHK79Reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And popping in a new shell.]]
==Thales SL40==
The ADF's Grenadier is issued with the EF88 + SL40 grenade launcher. It is paired with a Trijicon RMR for its sighting system.
[[File:Thales F90MBR SL40.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Thales F90MBR with SL40 - 5.56x45mm and 40x46mm]]
[[File:Squad SL40 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Flicking the safety off when switching to the SL40.]]
[[File:Squad SL40 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SL40 in use.]]
[[File:Squad SL40 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the RMR sight.]]
[[File:Squad SL40 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SL40 - removing the spent casing.]]
[[File:Squad SL40 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And in with a new one.]]
==Energa Rifle Grenade==
Update 4.3 introduced the [[Energa Rifle Grenade]] for some Irregular Militia kits outfitted with the Stg 58 FAL. Their LAT is issued AT warheads, while the Ambusher gets fragmentation rounds.
[[File:Standard-2.jpg|thumb|400px|none|Energa Rifle Grenade. This particular version is US M29 training.]]
[[File:Squad FAL ENERGA (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Stg 58 with its Energa-launching apparatus.]]
[[File:Squad FAL ENERGA (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Its equip animation starts with ejecting the chambered round, which appears to be fired or a blank already.]]
[[File:Squad FAL ENERGA (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Then the operator drops a blank into the chamber. It chambers once the user lets go of the charging handle, though this would cause a live round from the magazine to jam into the blank round in reality.]]
[[File:Squad FAL ENERGA (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The sight is unfolded, then the Energa round is loaded.]]
[[File:Squad FAL ENERGA (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the rifle grenade - it has 40,60, and 80m zeroes.]]
[[File:Squad FAL ENERGA (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading after firing the first round. When unequipping, the character just racks the charging handle, then removes the grenade and folds the leaf sight.]]
==QLG-10A==
For the PLA, the [[QLG-10A]] caseless grenade launcher is used in conjunction with the QBZ-95-1 for their Grenadier kits.
[[File:QBZ95-1GL.jpg|thumb|none|400px|QBZ-95-1 with QLG-10A grenade launcher - 5.8x42mm / 35mm]]
[[File:Squad QLG-10 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The QBZ-95-1 with the YMA scope and QLG-10 active.]]
[[File:Squad QLG-10 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming at about 100m. It dials from 50 to 400 meters.]]
[[File:Squad QLG-10 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a caseless round into the QLG.]]
=Rocket Launchers=
Rocket launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like grenade launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.
==Carl Gustaf M2==
The [[Carl_Gustaf_Recoilless_Rifle#Carl_Gustaf_M2|Carl Gustaf M2]] appears in ''Squad'' as the "Carl Gustav M2 + No78Mk1". It is available to the Canadian Army heavy anti-tank class and comes with 2 high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warheads and a single tandem charge warhead. It is also used by the Australian HAT kit.
[[file:CarlGustavM2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Carl Gustaf M2 - 84x246mm R]]
[[file:SquadM2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Equipping the M2 starts similar to its brother the MAAWS by loading in the first round - here, an antipersonnel shell.]]
[[File:Squad M2CG (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|About to pull the blast nozzle/breech/Venturi cone closed.]]
[[file:SquadM2Gustav.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2 Gustav in all its vintage glory.]]
[[file:SquadM2GustavScope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|That vintage look extends to the very basic scope in comparison to the M3 below.]]
[[file:SquadM2GustavReload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a tandem antitank warhead.]]
[[file:SquadM2GustavReload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|And, finally, the HEAT shell.]]
==Carl Gustaf M3==
The [[Carl_Gustaf_Recoilless_Rifle#Carl_Gustaf_M3|Carl Gustaf M3]] appears in ''Squad'' under the US Army designation "M3 MAAWS", available to the US heavy anti-tank class. It comes with 2 HEAT warheads (although the AT tandem is another choice) plus 2 smoke rounds.
[[file:CarlGustavM3.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Carl Gustaf M3 - 84x246mm R]]
[[file:SquadMAAWSdraw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Equipping the MAAWS starts with loading the launcher, in this case, with the 84mm HEDP round.]]
[[file:SquadMAAWS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Bringing the M3 to shoulder.]]
[[file:SquadMAAWSscope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the MAAWS skyward to get a clear look at the reticle. The chevron in the center is for 100 meters, with a mix of drop compensators below it.]]
[[file:SquadMAAWSreload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|About to put in a smoke shell.]]
[[file:SquadMAAWSreload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Lastly, the tandem warhead similar to the Canadian one seen above.]]
[[File:Squad M3 MAAWS (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Locking the breech in place.]]
==M72A7 LAW==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army and British Army light and heavy anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but may be equipped with a [[Squad#M67 Frag Grenade|M67]] or [[Squad#L109A1 Frag Grenade|L109A1]] respectively to make up for the reduced firepower. Bizarrely, the heavy anti-tank use them as a secondary launcher to their [[Squad#Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS|AT4-CS]] launchers.
Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, its warhead is designed to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of [[MATADOR|L2A1 ASMs]]. The LAW is also issued to the Canadian and Australian forces.
[[File:M72A7 LAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW.]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.]]


== M110 SASS ==  
==Mk 153 SMAW==
The [[M110 SASS]] is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes equipped with a Leupold Mk 4 scope.
The [[Mk 153 SMAW]] is issued to the USMC HAT class. It has both HEAT and AP warheads, and as with ''[[Project Reality]]'', the spotting rifle is also usable.
[[file:M110_ECP_Right_Bipod.jpg|thumb|none|350px|M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm]]  
[[File:Mk153SMAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Mk 153 Mod 0 SMAW - 83mm]]
[[file:Squad m110 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M110 SASS in first person]]
[[File:Squad SMAW (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Equipping the SMAW in the amphib's well deck - the rear half/warhead is loaded.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_scope.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4]]
[[File:Squad SMAW (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the safety is flicked off.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_chamber_check.jpg|thumb|none|600px|As with the [[Squad#M4A1|M4A1]], the player character checks the chamber before reloading]]
[[File:Squad SMAW (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Mk 153 SMAW shouldered.]]
[[file:Squad_m110_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Inserting a new magazine - ''Note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open'']]
[[File:Squad SMAW (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Sighting in the scope against the sea inside the well deck.]]
[[file:Squad m110 reload3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round]]
[[File:Squad SMAW (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Firing the spotting rifle while onshore.]]
[[File:Squad SMAW (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the six-shot magazine...]]
[[File:Squad SMAW (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the charging handle is pulled on empty reloads.]]


== SVD ==  
==Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS==
The [[SVD Dragunov|SVD]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted on it, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with 4 more spare magazines than the [[Squad#M110 SASS|M110 SASS]] to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.  
The [[M136 AT4|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS]] is available to the US Army light anti-tank class and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS".


The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a SVD kitted out with what seems to be wood furniture that has been painted black to be disguised as polymer, and does not use the correct stock, receiver and handguard model. It goes by "SVDM" in game, even though it does not look remotely like its namesake.
At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of [[MBT LAW|NLAWs]] as the British Army replaces its obsolete [[LAW 80]] launchers.
[[file:SVD_Rifle.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SVD Dragunov - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[file:AT-4Launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm]]
[[file:Squad svd hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SVD in first person]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...]]
[[file:Squad svd aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PSO-1]]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...then flips up the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad svd reload1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the SVD - ''Note the bolt that locks back on an empty magazine'']]
[[file:Squad at4 draw 3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and turns off the safety.]]
[[file:Squad svd reload2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Releasing the bolt to chamber a round]]
[[file:Squad at4 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AT4-CS in first person.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Russian Marksman's SVD, in first person]]
[[file:Squad at4 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.]]
[[file:Squad svd ru reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A quick glance at the right of the Russian Marksman's SVD reveals that it was but a prank, it was really just recoloured wood instead of polymer]]


=Launchers=  
==Saab Bofors Dynamics MBT-LAW==
The V2.0 update introduced the [[MBT LAW|NLAW]] as a replacement for the ILAW AT4-CS for the British Army. It features a Predicted-Line-Of-Sight (PLOS) mode that allows the user to track moving targets and fire a guided projectile.
[[File:NLAW.jpg|thumb|none|400px|MBT LAW - 150mm]]
[[File:Squad NLAW (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Equipping the NLAW - the UK HAT operator flips out the scope...]]
[[File:Squad NLAW (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and disengages the safety.]]
[[File:Squad NLAW (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NLAW in idle.]]
[[File:Squad NLAW (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A clear view through the scope.]]
[[File:Squad NLAW (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Showing off the locking feature with a derelict M1A2.]]
[[File:Squad NLAW (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Flipping the sight down while putting away the NLAW.]]


== GP-25 Grenade Launcher ==
==RPG-7V2==
The [[GP-series grenade launcher#GP-25|GP-25]] is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadier classes, and is mounted on their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. The grenadier's primary weapon also has a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe, loads a round and turns off the safety on his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes has an extra OG-7V warhead to compensate for their [[Squad#SKS|weaker primary rifle]]. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.  
[[file:Gp-25_1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|GP-25 grenade launcher - 40mm]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person]]
[[file:Squad gp25 akm hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person]]
[[file:Squad gp25 ak74m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the GP-25's sights]]
[[file:Squad_gp25_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad gp25 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad gp25 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a blue smoke grenade]]
[[file:Squad gp25 red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a red smoke grenade]]


== M203A1 Grenade Launcher ==
Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.
The [[M203 grenade launcher|M203A1 grenade launcher]] is available to the US Army grenadier, mounted to his [[Squad#M4 Carbine|M4 Carbine]]. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the [[Squad#GP-25 Grenade Launcher|GP-25]], red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A1, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down.
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]  
[[file:01 squad rpg7v2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2 in first person.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a PG-7VM warhead...]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...an OG-7V warhead...]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a PG-7VR warhead.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7v2 pgo7v aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.]]


''Note that the M203 does not fire blue smoke rounds; it only fires M714 white smoke rounds, M713 red smoke rounds, M715 green smoke rounds and M716 yellow smoke rounds.''
==RPG-26==
[[file:CM4-M203.jpg|thumb|none|350px|M4A1 Carbine (5.56x45mm) with M203A1 grenade launcher (40mm)]]
The [[RPG-26]] Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]], the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a [[Squad#RGD-5 Frag Grenade|RGD-5]].
[[file:Squad m203 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M203A1, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view]]
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[file:Squad_m203_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the leaf sight]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad_m203_loading.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a M433 HEDP round]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad m203 white.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a white smoke round]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and pulls out the safety pin.]]
[[file:Squad m203 blue.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a blue smoke round]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-26 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m203_red.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading a red smoke round]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26.]]


== M72A7 LAW ==
==RPG-28==
The [[M72 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] is available to the US Army light anti-tank as a disposable launcher.
Introduced with the V2.0 update, the [[RPG-28]] is a new option for the Russian Army HAT kit. It fires a large 125mm projectile with a flat trajectory, and can be zeroed out to 500m.  
[[file:M72lawopen.jpg‎|thumb|none|350px|M72 LAW - 66mm]]
[[file:Squad law hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M72A7 LAW in first person]]
[[file:squad_m72law_deploying.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the M72 LAW]]
[[file:squad_m72law_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]


== RPG-7V2 ==
[[File:RPG-28.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-28 - 125mm]]
The [[RPG-7|RPG-7V2]] is the rocket launcher available to the Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tank classes, and Russian Ground Forces heavy anti-tank. The Heavy Anti-Tank kits are armed with 2 PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warheads, and a PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent and Militia Light Anti-Tank kits on the other hand are equipped with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a PG-7VM HEAT warhead. When switching between rockets, the player removes the existing warhead and loads the warhead of choice.
[[File:Squad RPG-28 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the safety pin on the RPG-28, just like the RPG-26 above.]]
[[file:Rpg-7-1-.jpg‎|thumb|none|350px|RPG-7 - 40mm]]  
[[File:Squad RPG-28 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Idling with the RPG-26.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_sights.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]  
[[File:Squad RPG-28 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking through the optical sight.]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vl.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading an PG-7VM warhead]]
[[File:Squad RPG-28 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Slinging back the tube in its unequip animation.]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading an OG-7V warhead]]
[[file:Squad rpg7 pg7vr.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading an PG-7VR warhead]]
[[file:squad_rpg7_arming.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The player character cocks the launcher after each reload, a nice detail]]


== RPG-26 ==
==RPG-29==
The [[RPG-26]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher, and replacing the RPG-7V2 with OG-7V and PG-7VM warheads. Similar to the [[Squad#M72A7 LAW|M72A7 LAW]] for the US Army, the player is issued with 2 tubes, that are thrown away upon use.
The [[RPG-29]] Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the [[Squad#RPG-7V2|RPG-7V2]], the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armored vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.
[[file:Rpg26-1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RPG-26 - 72.5mm]]
[[File:RPG-29 launcher.jpg|thumb|none|400px|RPG-29 launcher - 105mm]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-26 - ''The player flips up the folded sights...'']]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And pulls out the safety pin'']]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and the rear sight...]]
[[file:Squad rpg26 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-26]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Ready3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RPG-29 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad RPG29 Aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the RPG-29.]]


=Hand Grenades=  
==DJZ-08==
== M67 Frag Grenade ==
The PLA's standard LAT launcher is the [[DJZ-08]], a single-shot disposable 80mm recoilless launcher. It fires a high-explosive warhead.
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes except the grenadier and light anti-tank classes.
[[File:DZJ08.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DZJ-08 (inert sample) with munition - 80mm]]
[[File:Squad DJZ-08 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the DJZ-08 along the test range. The pistol grip is unfolded...]]
[[File:Squad DJZ-08 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and then the scope is deployed.]]
[[File:Squad DJZ-08 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DJZ-08 shouldered.]]
[[File:Squad DJZ-08 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|ADS view of the DJZ's scope.]]
 
==PF-98==
Added with the PLA in the V4.0 Update, the [[PF-98]] is used by the Chinese HAT role. It comes with an anti-armor and a high explosive round.
[[File:PF98.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PF-98 120mm tripod-mounted with rockets (battalion version)]]
[[File:Squad PF-98 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the PF-98 - loading an HE warhead.]]
[[File:Squad PF-98 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|And the AP round, with its long tandem charge.]]
[[File:Squad PF-98 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The system is then switched on...]]
[[File:Squad PF-98 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ready to go.]]
[[File:Squad PF-98 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the PF-98's scope system.]]
 
=Frag Grenades=  
==M67 Frag Grenade==
The [[M67 hand grenade|M67]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes except for the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier, combat engineer and machine gunner. Canadian Army forces use it as the under the '''C13 Grenade''' designation.
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]  
[[file:Baseball.jpg|thumb|none|200px|M67 frag grenade]]  
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person]]
[[file:Squad_m67_idle.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M67 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67]]
[[file:Squad_m67_throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M67.]]
[[file:Squad m67 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Throwing the M67 - ''Note the spoon flying off, this detail is also present on the [[Squad#F-1 Frag Grenade|F-1]]'']]


== RGD-5 Frag Grenade ==
==RGD-5 Frag Grenade==
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to all classes except the grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank classes. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
The [[RGD-5 hand grenade|RGD-5]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Rdg5.jpg|thumb|none|200px|RGD-5 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person]]
[[file:Squad_militiagd5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RDG-5 before throwing]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in first person, as the Russian soldier contemplates flattening the poppy field]]
[[file:Squad rdg5 hold ru.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.]]


== F-1 Frag Grenade ==
==L109A1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to all classes except the grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
The [[L109 hand grenade|L109A1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.
[[file:L109 A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L109A1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L109A1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad l109a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.]]
 
==F1 Grenade==
The Australian [[F1 hand grenade (Australia)|F1 Grenade]] is issued to the ADF faction as its standard fragmentation grenade with the V2.15 update.
 
[[File:Australia F1 Grenade.jpg|thumb|none|300px|Australian F1 hand grenade (inert)]]
[[File:Squad F1 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F1 grenade drawn.]]
[[File:Squad F1 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin.]]
 
==F-1 Frag Grenade==
The [[F-1 hand grenade|F-1]] is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[Image:Deactivated f1.jpg|thumb|none|350px|F-1 frag grenade]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person]]
[[file:Squad_F1_grenade_hand_and_ground.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The F-1 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin of the F-1]]
[[file:Squad f1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling out the F-1's pin.]]
 
==Type 86P Frag Grenade==
China's standard hand grenade is the '''Type 86P'''.
[[File:Squad Type 86P (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Cradling a Type 86P grenade.]]
[[File:Squad Type 86P (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|About to toss it into a hapless Baltic house.]]


== M18 Smoke Grenade ==
=Smoke Grenades=
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army. All classes less the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, and blue is only available to the squad leader. It can be used for masking and signaling purposes. Note that M18 Smoke Grenades are not available in white, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 Smoke Grenade]]. Additionally, M18s come in red, yellow, green or violet but not blue.
==M18 Smoke Grenade==
The [[M18 smoke grenade|M18]] is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes save the grenadier, coming in white, red, or blue. All classes who can use it have access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that real M18s are not available in white or blue, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the [[AN/M8 HC smoke grenade|AN/M8]] or [[M83 smoke grenade]].
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]  
[[file:M18red.jpg|thumb|none|150px|A red M18 smoke grenade]]  
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person]]
[[file:Squad m18 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M18 in first person.]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing]]
[[file:Squad m18 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.]]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Smoke visual effects - ''The smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles, as demonstrated with the [[Squad#RDG-2 Smoke Grenade|RDG-2]]'']]
[[file:Squad_m18_smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18 as the player enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor]]
[[file:Squad m18 freedom.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.]]
 
===DSF-121 Smoke Grenade===
The PLA's '''DSF-161''' smoke grenade appears to be a clone of the M18.
[[File:Squad_DSF161.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Holding a DSF-161.]]
 
==RDG-2 Smoke Grenade==
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes except the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:RDG-2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...pulls off the cap on the other end...]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and ignites the grenade.]]
[[Image:05 squad rgd2 smoke.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.]]
 
==L132A1 Smoke Grenade==
The [[L132A1 smoke grenade|L132A1]] is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes save for the grenadier.
[[File:L132A1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L132A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L132A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad l132a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
 
==L152A1 Smoke Grenade==
The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.
 
The L152A1 markings are similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.
[[File:L152a1.jpg|thumb|none|200px|L152A1 smoke grenade]]
[[Image:01 squad l152a1 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.]]
[[Image:02 squad l152a1 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the L132A1.]]
[[Image:03 squad l152a1 markings.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A good look at the markings on the grenade body.]]
 
= Other Grenades & Munitions=
==AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in ''Squad'' simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 incendiary grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person,]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.]]
 
==Improvised Explosive Device==
The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Priming the IED before deployment.]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.]]
[[file:08 squad ied exp4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Fourth stage]]
[[file:09 squad ied exp5.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.]]
 
== M15 Anti-Tank Mine ==
 
The [[M15 anti-tank mine|M15 Anti-Tank Mine]] was added to the game in Update 13, available for the NATO and Australian Combat Engineers.
 
[[File:Landmine-dod-closeup.jpg|thumb|none|350px|M15 Anti-Tank mine]]
[[File:Squad M15 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M15 mine in the hands of a USMC sapper.]]
[[File:Squad M15 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying the mine.]]
 
==TM-62M Anti-tank Mine==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M anti-tank mine]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...screws it in place...]]
[[File:05 squad tm62m arm3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and arms the mine.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.]]
 
==Type 72 Anti-tank Mine==
The '''Type 72''' anti-tank is used by the PLA with the V4.0 Update.
[[File:Squad Type 72 AT (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Type 72 mine in hand.]]
[[File:Squad Type 72 AT (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Deploying it in the sand.]]
 
=Mortars=
Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.
 
==M252==
The [[M252 Mortar|M252]] is available to the US Army as an emplacement.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|400px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.]]
 
==2B14 Podnos==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.]]
 
==BM-37==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.]]
 
==PP-87==
The '''PP-87''' is the light mortar used by the PLA faction.
[[File:Squad PP-87 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PP-87 on Jensen's Range.]]
[[File:Squad PP-87 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Manning the mortar.]]
 
=Heavy Machine Guns=
Heavy Machine Guns in ''Squad'' are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.
 
==Browning M2A1==
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS.]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1.]]
 
==NSV==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun|NSV]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.
 
Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in ''Squad'' is not anachronistic.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV.]]
 
==DShKM==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side. Note the ammo belt; like the PKM/PKP, the ammo belt is correctly animated as non-disintegrating, but the depleted belt doesn't go on for long and disappears after a short length.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.]]
[[Image:07 squad dshkm tech shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.]]
[[Image:08 squad dshkm tech shield armour.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armor, with a shielded DShKM.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM.]]
 
==QJZ-89==
The standard HMG introduced for China is the [[QJZ-89]], available both as an emplacement and on numerous PLA vehicles. A scoped version is unique as an emplaced variant.
[[File:QJZ-89.jpg|thumb|none|400px|QJZ-89 - 12.7×108mm]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Observing both emplaced QJZ-89 variants.]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ejection port cover is flicked up when getting behind the QJZ-89.]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The vanilla QJZ HMG in first person.]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Focusing on the sights.]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the scoped QJZ.]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the HMG - the top cover is flicked up, and the belt box is pulled off at the same time.]]
[[File:Squad QJZ-89 (7).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Loading in a new 12.7mm belt.]]
 
=Missile Launchers=
Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in ''Squad'' as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.
 
== 9M133 Kornet==
The [[AT-14 Spriggan|9M133 Kornet]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.


== RDG-2 Smoke Grenade ==
[[File:AT14-Spriggan.JPG|thumb|none|400px|9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm]]
The [[RDG-2 smoke grenade|RDG-2]] is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All factions and their classes, except the grenadiers, have access to white smoke. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. However, Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.
[[File:Squad Kornet (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The prebiuilt 9M133 on Jensen's Range.]]
[[Image:rdg2.jpg|thumb|none|350px|RDG-2 smoke grenade]]
[[File:Squad Kornet (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|It is operated from a crouched position.]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The RDG-2 in first person]]
[[File:Squad Kornet (3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The view through the Kornet's scope, zoomed in on a target.]]
[[Image:Squad_rdg2_cap.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - ''The player pulls off the cap on one end...'']]
[[File:Squad Kornet (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Yeet-ing the empty tube over the sandbags after firing a missile.]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''Pulls off the cap on the other end'']]
[[File:Squad Kornet (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting in a new tube.]]
[[Image:squad_rdg2_ignition.jpg|thumb|none|600px|''And ignites the grenade'']]
[[File:Squad Kornet (6).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Locking it in place.]]
[[Image:Squad rdg2 throw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Smoke visual effect for the RDG-2 - ''The smoke billows out in two ways, and can be blocked by obstacles, like the zinc sheet on the left'']]


== AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade ==
==BGM-71 TOW==
The [[AN/M14 incendiary grenade|AN/M14]] appears in game simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where the US Army must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.
The [[BGM-71 TOW]] anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.
[[File:Gh-ANM14-TH3.jpg|thumb|none|350px|AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade]]
[[File:Squad m14 hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The AN/M14 in first person]]
[[File:Squad m14 throw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Pulling the pin on the AN/M14]]
[[File:Squad m14 ignite.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - ''Sadly, as the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it kills the player most of the time, I have not been able to take a picture of it'']]


== IED ==
[[File:Tow 07.jpg|thumb|none|400px|BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm]]
The IED (Improvised Explosive Device) is available to the Insurgent and Militia Scout classes, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.
[[File:Squad TOW (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M220 + BGM-71 TOW system on the test range.]]
[[file:Squad ied draw.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Drawing the IED, and turning the flip-phone on]]
[[File:Squad TOW (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Behind the TOW launcher.]]
[[file:Squad ied hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The IED in first person]]
[[File:Squad TOW (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Looking through the FCS on its lowest zoom level.]]
[[file:Squad ied deto.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Detonating the IED - ''The phone plays a short ringtone'']]
[[File:Squad TOW (4.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Unlocking the TOW's latch system on its reload.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|First stage of grief as the IED explodes]]
[[File:Squad TOW (5).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Shouldering in another missile tube.]]
[[file:Squad ied exp2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Second stage]]
[[file:Squad ied exp3.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Third stage]]
[[file:Squad ied buried2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - ''The IED can also conversely be dug up by anyone with a shovel as well'']]


== TM-62M Anti-tank Mine ==
==HJ-8 Red Arrow==
The [[TM-62 anti-tank mine|TM-62M]] appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Miltia Scout kits. It can be buried in the ground with a shovel like the [[Squad#IED|IED]] to make it less conspicuous.
With the V4.0 update, the [[HJ-8]] is the PLA's antitank guided missile emplacement.  
[[File:Mat-TM62M.jpg|thumb|none|350px|TM-62M Anti-tank Mine]]
[[File:HJ-8.jpg|thumb|none|400px|HJ-8 - 120mm]]
[[File:Squad tm62m hold.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The TM-62M in first person]]
[[File:Squad HJ-8 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The HJ-8 Red Arrow turret.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw1.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Setting up the mine - ''The player attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating it's the TM-62M variant'']]
[[File:Squad HJ-8 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Flicking the on switch when manning it. It is actually built unloaded; the initial animation shows the gunner loading the missile.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m draw2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Arming the TM-62M]]
[[File:Squad HJ-8 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The HJ-8's scope system.]]
[[File:Squad tm62m bury.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An sloppily placed TM-62M on the left and a buried TM-62M on the right]]
[[File:Squad HJ-8 (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Locking in a new missile tube. The spent tube is automatically discarded upon firing.]]


=Mounted Weapons=
=Other Mounted Weapons=
== Browning M2A1 ==
This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.
The [[Browning M2|Browning M2A1]] is available to the US Army as both a deployable and a vehicle mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV.
[[Image:M2A2.jpg|thumb|none|401px|Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - ''This is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider. The M2A2 pictured here is manufactured by [[FN Herstal]]'']]
[[Image:Squad_m2hb_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in first person]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 crows.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming with the CROWS]]
[[Image:Squad_m2a1hmg.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - ''The one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant'']]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 m1126.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV]]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 matv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - ''When performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret'']]
[[Image:Squad m2a1 reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the M2A1]]


== NSV ==
==M240C==
The [[NSV heavy machine gun]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.
US Army M1A2 Abrams and M2A3 Bradleys, and the USMC M1A1, LAV-25, and AAVP-7A1 have [[M240C]] coaxial machine guns. Similar FN MAG GPMG/C6 FLEX variants are used on British, Canadian, and Australian armor.
[[File:6U6 NSV 02.jpg|thumb|none|350px|NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:M240C.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240C - 7.62x51mm NATO.]]
[[Image:squad_nsv_machine_gun.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV as a deployable]]
[[File:Squad M240C (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closeup of the M240C on the woodland variant of the M1A2.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv bunker.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in a machine gun bunker]]
[[File:Squad M240C (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Another view of all of the Abrams' armaments in general, showing the RWS M2A1 and loader's M240 turret.]]
[[Image:Squad nsv 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The NSV in first person]]
[[Image:Squad nsv aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights - ''Unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet'']]
[[Image:Squad nsv reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the NSV]]


== DShKM ==
==M240H==
The [[DShK heavy machine gun|DShKM]] is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.
The [[M240D|M240H]], the US Army Aviation designation for the M240D, is mounted in both of the of gunners' windows of the UH-60M "Grouse" Blackhawk utility helicopter and the Marine's UH-1Y. It is also used in the RAF SA 330 Puma HC2 transport helicopter that is part of the V2.0 update. The ADF's UH-60 uses the same M240H, and their MRH90 (NH90) has a spade-gripped MAG 58. The Canadian CH-146 also has a spade gripped MAG/C6.
[[File:DShK_HMG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:M240d.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M240D - 7.62x51mm NATO]]
[[Image:Squad_dshk_tripod.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM mounted on a tripod]]
[[File:Squad M240H (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The UH-60M's M240H.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm shield.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side]]
[[File:Squad M240H (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Behind the spade-gripped 240.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm cars.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a DShKM, an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and their respective Militia counterparts]]
[[File:Squad M240H (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming is done with the front sight + tracer fire.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The DShKM in first person]]
[[File:Squad M240H (4).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M240H's reload. The charging handle is pulled when first entering the position, and at the start of empty reloads.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]
[[File:Squad MAG 58 NH90 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|One of the two MAG 58s on the NH90.]]
[[Image:Squad dshkm reload.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Reloading the DShKM]]


== M252 ==
==M242 Bushmaster chaingun==
The [[M252 Mortar]] is available to the US Army as a deployable.
[[M242 Bushmaster chaingun]]s are used on the American M2A3 Bradleys, Canadian LAV III 6.0, and the Coyote, ADF ASLAV-25 and USMC LAV-25 armored fighting vehicles.
[[File:M252Mort.JPG|thumb|none|250px|M252 - 81mm]]
[[File:M242 Cannon.jpg|thumb|none|400px|M242 Bushmaster Chain Gun (Current Model) - 25x137mm]]
[[File:Squad m252.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 as a deployable]]
[[File:Mk38 M242.jpg|thumb|none|400px|Mk 38 Mod 2- 25x137mm]]
[[File:Squad m252 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The M252 in first person]]
[[File:Squad M242 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The Bushmaster atop the LAV III 6.0.]]
[[File:Squad m252 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the M252 - ''The developers are nice enough to add a range guide'']]
[[File:Squad M242 Mk 38.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The USS Essex model includes an unusable Mk 38 Bushmaster cannon.]]


== 2B14 Podnos ==
==Mk 19 Grenade Launcher==
The [[2B14 Podnos Mortar|2B14 Podnos]] is available to the Russian Ground Forces as a deployable.
The AAVP7A1 amphibious transport is available for the USMC faction and has a [[Mk 19 grenade launcher]] alongside a Browning M2 mounted in its turret.  
[[File:2B14 Podnos 82mm Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|250px|2B14 Podnos - 82mm]]
[[File:US_Mk._19_40mm_grenade_machine-gun.jpg|thumb|none|450px|Mk 19 grenade launcher on vehicle mount - 40x53mm]]
[[File:Squad 2b14.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable]]
[[File:Squad Mk 19 (1).jpg|thumb|none|600px|An AAVP7A1 on the Pacific training island terrain.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2B14 Podnos in first person]]
[[File:Squad Mk 19 (2).jpg|thumb|none|600px|Manning the Amtrack's turret.]]
[[File:Squad 2b14 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2B14 Podnos]]
[[File:Squad Mk 19 (3).jpg|thumb|none|600px|The zoomed-in reticle reveals the different details for the .50cal and 40mm calibers.]]


== BM-37 ==
==General Electric M61 Vulcan==
The [[BM-37 Mortar|BM-37]] appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as a deployable.
The USS Essex included as part of the V3.0 content has unused [[M61 Vulcan]] CIWS turrets. The CAF, ADF, and USMC commanders can also call for a Hydra rocket strike launched from legacy F/A-18 Hornets.
[[File:82mm BM-37 Mortar.jpg|thumb|none|250px|BM-37 - 82mm]]
[[File:M61vulcan.jpg|thumb|none|400px|GE M61 Vulcan Cannon - 20x102mm]]
[[File:Squad m1937.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 as a deployable]]
[[File:Squad M61 CIWS.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The front mounted CIWS turret on the Essex's island.]]
[[File:Squad m1937 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The BM-37 in first person]]
[[File:Squad m1937 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the BM-37 - ''It shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars'']]


== PKT ==
==PKT==
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with [[Squad#ZU-23-2 Anti-Aircraft Cannon|ZU-23-2]].
The [[PK Machine Gun|PKT]] can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted [[Squad#ZU-23-2|ZU-23-2]].
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|350px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Machine gun PKT.jpg|thumb|none|400px|PKT - 7.62x54mmR]]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - ''Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage'']]
[[File:Squad pkt mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT]]
[[File:Squad pkt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the PKT.]]


== NSVT ==
==NSVT==
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of MT-LBM belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
The [[NSV|NSVT]] can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|350px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - ''Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint and tan for desert maps'']]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT]]


== KPVT ==
Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armour-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:NSVTMG.jpg|thumb|none|400px|NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm]]
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|350px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad nsvt many.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - ''Note the PKT on the left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers'']]
[[File:Squad nsvt mtlbm6m.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80]]
[[File:Squad nsvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the NSVT.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT]]


== 2A72 ==
==KPVT==
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM 6MB, and fires either 3UBR6 armour-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, it comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
The [[KPVT Heavy Machine Gun|KPVT]] can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armor-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - ''Note the PKT on the left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers'']]
[[File:Kpvt 01.jpg|thumb|none|400px|KPVT - 14.5x114mm]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB)]]
[[File:Squad kpvt mtlbm6ma.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72]]
[[File:Squad kpvt btr80.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt brdm2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.]]
[[File:Squad kpvt aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the KPVT.]]


== SPG-9 Kopye ==
==2A72==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9 Kopye]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It may choose between OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armor-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the [[Squad#KPVT|KPVT]] above, its turret comes with a [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|350px|SPG-9 Kopye - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 btr82a.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable]]
[[File:Squad 2a72 mtlbm6mb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person]]
[[File:Sqiad 2a72 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming the 2A72.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights]]


==SPG-9==
The [[SPG-9 recoilless rifle|SPG-9]] Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.
[[File:Spg-9.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 as a deployable.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The SPG-9 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad spg9 aim.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Aiming down the sights.]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:SPG-9 jeep mount.jpg|thumb|none|400px|SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 and its Militia counterpart]]
[[File:Squad spg9 car.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).]]


== UB-32 Rocket Pod ==
==UB-32==
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod and its Insurgent counterpart]]
[[File:squad_ub32_rocket.jpg|thumb|none|600px|On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart]]


== ZU-23-2 ==
==ZU-23-2==
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft cannon]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as deployables or vehicle-mounted weapons. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
The [[ZU-23|ZU-23-2]] is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted [[ZU-23-2]].
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|350px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Rear view of the ZU-23-2]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|From right to left - An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret and its Militia counterpart - ''Note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front'']]


While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in ''Squad'' is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.
[[File:ZU-23.jpg|thumb|none|400px|ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm]]
[[File:Squad zu23.jpg|thumb|none|600px|Front view of the ZU-23-2...]]
[[File:Squad zu23 rear.jpg|thumb|none|600px|...and a view from behind.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 1p.jpg|thumb|none|600px|The ZU-23-2 in first person.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 logi2.jpg|thumb|none|600px|A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.]]
[[File:Squad zu23 mtlb.jpg|thumb|none|600px|An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the [[Squad#PKT|PKT]] turrets mounted at the front.]]


[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:Video Game]]
[[Category:War]]
[[Category:First-Person Shooter]]

Latest revision as of 16:27, 15 December 2023


Squad
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Release Date: December 15, 2015 (Early Access) September 23, 2020 (Official Release)
Developer: Offworld Industries
Publisher: Offworld Industries
Platforms: PC
Genre: First-Person Shooter


Squad is a PC exclusive tactical team-based first-person shooter video game set in the modern day, developed by Offworld Industries. The stated goal of Squad is to create a "tactical first person shooter built around teamwork and cooperation". It is a spiritual successor to the award-winning Project Reality modification for Battlefield 2, with many of the former mod creators forming Offworld Industries. Development of the game was announced in October 2014; the main game was developed from 2015 and finally released in 2020. It was originally available as a Steam Early Access title. The developers intend on continuing support and development of the game with additional factions, weapons, vehicles, and levels.

There are two historical set titles derived from Squad's "OWI Core" UE4 framework, the WWII-set Squad 44 (released in 2018, then known as Post Scriptum) and the WWI-set Beyond The Wire, released in Early Access in 2021.
The following weapons appear in the video game Squad:


Overview

Squad simulates engagements across many different theaters involving the US Army, Ground Forces of the Russian Federation, British Army, Canadian Army, Insurgents, and the Irregular Militia Forces (referred to as "Militia" for brevity). The official V1.0 release in 2020 introduced the Middle Eastern Alliance (MEA), a spiritual successor to PR's MEC, based on the Iranian and Turkish armed forces. The Australian Defence Force has also been brought into the game with the V2.15 update. The V3.0 update brought the United States Marine Corps into the mix, along with new amphibious gameplay elements. Update V4.0 has introduced the People's Liberation Army of China, and V5.0 has added PLA Navy Marine Corps and Russian VDV airborne sub-factions to Squad. In a match of Squad, players select their squads and their roles, with each role receiving a specific kit of weapons and equipment. Specialist kits may either have squad-level or team-wide role limitations, and may only be made available when the squad (and team) has reached a minimum size. The roles in Squad are:

  • Squad/Cell Leader, the head of the squad with the ability to place rally points, forward operating bases (FOBs) and deployables.
  • Rifleman/Fighter, who is equipped with a standard loadout for general purpose combat.
  • Automatic Rifleman, who is equipped with a light machine gun for providing direct fire support and suppression.
  • Machine Gunner, who is equipped with a medium machine gun to provide sustained medium to long range direct fire support and suppression.
  • Medic, who is capable of reviving and healing incapacitated/wounded teammates.
  • Lead Crewman, who is almost similar to the crewman below, but is also capable of deploying rally points, FOBs and deployables.
  • Crewman, who is given a stripped-down loadout for self-defense, and is capable of operating heavier vehicles.
  • Grenadier, who is capable of providing indirect fire support with launched grenades and marking targets with smoke grenades.
  • Light Anti Tank, who is equipped with rocket launchers to eliminate light vehicles and entrenched enemies.
  • Heavy Anti Tank, who is equipped with anti-tank rocket launchers to eliminate heavily armored vehicles.
  • Marksman, who is issued a marksman rifle equipped with a medium or high powered optic for medium to long range direct fire support.
  • Raider, who is equipped with a submachine gun and grenades for close quarter combat.
  • Sapper (formerly Scout), who is equipped with binoculars, mines, TNTs and IEDs for scouting enemy positions and explosives for setting up ambushes.
  • Combat Engineer, who is equipped with anti-tank mines and C4 for sabotage behind enemy lines.

Reserve ammunition is tracked in individual magazines, and reloading while partially empty will return the magazine to the player's inventory. The player's lower body is fully visible in first person by looking down. Most weapon-related actions in Squad are fully animated with full arm animations, such as reloading, zeroing, switching fire mode, etc, though currently weapons only have one idle state form. This results in the animated zeroing immediately moving back to the default zeroing form when not aiming down sights, and having the fire mode switch animation be largely for show; one animation will be used for all setting changes, and the selector will pop back to default setting after the end of the animation, returning the weapon to its idle state form, regardless of the actual setting in gameplay.

Zeroing in Squad closely simulates reality, with animated zeroing adjustments and ranging options that reflect the ranging options on the sights of the real weapons. Changing the zeroing (or ranging) is done via holding down the ranging button (default: X) and using the scroll wheel to change the range. Once the ranging button is released at the desired distance, the game will follow suit and adjust the weapon's sights to the selected range.

To better demonstrate the weapons, many screenshots on this page are taken while looking downwards using freelook, which rotates the first-person camera (i.e. the player character's head) without moving or rotating the player character's body.

Pistols

Beretta M9A1

The Beretta M9A1 appears in Squad as the "M9A1 Beretta". It feeds from 15-round box magazines and was available to all US Army classes save for the squad leader, rifleman, grenadier, light anti-tank, heavy anti-tank and combat engineer. As of the V3.0 update, it is now only issued to the USMC and is no longer available to the Army.

While not visible in the current reload animations, the magazine markings read MAS CAL 9 PARA / FABRIQUE SOUS LICENSE BERETTA ("manufactured under a Beretta license"), making it a PAMAS G1 magazine (French copy of the Beretta 92FS).

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Beretta M9A1 - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Beretta M9A1 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M9A1.

SIG-Sauer M17 MHS

An actual SIG-Sauer M17 MHS has replaced the P320 model that was masquerading as an M17 as of the v4.2 update. It is available to all US Army kits, and feeds from 17-round box magazines.

The true SIG M17 also came with an animation overhaul; the character now performs the retention reload taught as part of the M17's manual-of-arms as opposed to the more conventional style seen on other pistols in the game.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
XM17 MHS with 21-round magazine - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the SIG-Sauer M17 out at the Skorpo marina. It gets a safety animation per the MHS specs, as the prior P320 lacks this.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
In addition, the US Army character models got an overhaul, including new operator gloves.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming across the bay.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Performing the tacticool reload, an unusual sight in Squad. It reloads in this manner both with a round in the chamber and when empty.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mashing in the new mag.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The slide remains locked and also gets powerstroked back into battery.

MP-443

The MP-443 Grach is the standard side-arm of the Russian Ground Forces. It is available to all classes except the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 18-round box magazines. As with the M9A1, the marksman, crewman and lead crewman get an extra magazine each.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
MP-443 Grach - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The MP-443 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the MP-443.

Glock 17

The Glock 17 appears in Squad under the British Designation of "L131A1 General Service Pistol". It is available to all classes except the rifleman, grenadier, light and heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 17-round box magazines. Like the M9A1 and MP-443 Grach, the marksman, crewman and lead crewman each get an extra magazine.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Glock 17 Gen 4, the variant adopted by the British Armed Forces - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Holding the L131A1.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the L131A1 - the barrel does not tilt upward even though it should.

Tokarev TT-33

The Tokarev TT-33 appears in Squad as the "TT33 Tokarev". It is available to the Insurgent and Militia cell/squad leaders, medics and marksmen, and feeds from 8-round box magazines. Like the PM, it comes with more magazines than the other pistols to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity. It packs the biggest punch of all the pistols in the game, owing to its calibre. It is textured with painted stars on both grips. The markings on the TT-33 erroneously claim a production year of 1938, despite being modeled after the post-1947 variant.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Tokarev TT-33 - 7.62x25mm Tokarev
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Tokarev TT-33 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the TT-33 - note the painted star on the grips.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Releasing the slide.

Makarov PM

The Makarov PM appears in Squad as the "PM Makarov", following OWI's tradition of naming pistols backwards. It is available to all Insurgent and Militia classes except the cell/squad leader, medic, marksman, light and heavy anti-tank. Like the TT-33, it has twice the number of magazines as the other sidearms to compensate for the smaller magazine capacity.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Makarov PM - 9x18mm Makarov
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Makarov PM in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the PM.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Releasing the slide.

Browning Hi-Power

The Inglis Hi-Power is available to all classes of the Canadian Army (except for the Combat Engineer) added in the Alpha 15.3 update. It appears as the "Hi-Power Pistol". An older model Browning Hi-Power with wood grips and a tangent rear sight appears as the standard sidearm of the MEA (Middle Eastern Alliance) faction added in the v1.0 update. The Australian Defence Force with the V2.15 update also uses the Hi-Power, this time the Mark III variant, under the "Hi-Power MK3" moniker.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inglis Hi-Power - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the Inglis HP out in a rocky part of Goose Bay.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Far in the cold white north, a Canuck reveals his Hi-Power.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
We don't even get three dots this time around. Lame.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Still, nice to have a Hi-Power regardless. Reloading is fairly typical. Remove old mag, show the kids at home the fresh new mag...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Before hitting the slide release. The Hi-Power reuses the M9A1's animations, even including a non-existent decocker safety for unequipping the gun.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
FN P-35 - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Paying tribute to the sky, we are gifted with a lovely vintage Hi-Power.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights, the big and chunky 1930's tangent sights. They can be rather optimistically dialed out to 500 meters.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Although as repayment for this new model...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
We use the same default animations. A small price to pay.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Commercial Browning Hi-Power Mark III - 9x19mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An Australian holds his Self Loading Pistol on a hostile water jug.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming shows some newer illuminated sights, although its still a rather old sidearm given the ADF's much more modern primary weapons.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the Mark III with the game's standard pistol reload after putting some holes in the plastic jug.

QSZ-92

V4.0's update introduces the QSZ-92 as the People's Liberation Army standard sidearm.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QSZ-92-5.8 - 5.8x21mm DAP92
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Chinese Squad Leader draws his QSZ-92 along the harbor.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The QSZ's sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
It reloads in Squad's typical fashion. The cartridges along the magazine's window appear to be mere 2D textures.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Chambering the QSZ.

Submachine Guns

PPSh-41

The PPSh-41 is available exclusively to the Insurgent raider class, and feeds from either 35-round stick magazines or 71-round drum magazines. The player has access to 4 of the former and 2 of the latter, and may switch between them at his own discretion (using the scroll wheel).

Switching to the drum magazine will have the player character remove the 35-round stick, and insert the drum. If the previous magazine had been emptied prior, and the bolt is locked forward, the player character will pull it back after the switch, and the same applies to the converse. However, if you were to holster your PPSh-41 with stick magazines prior and draw it again by equipping the one with the drum magazine option, the character would already have done the switch magically beforehand.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PPSh-41 with stick magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The PPSh-41 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the PPSh-41.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the bolt back after inserting a fresh magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PPSh-41 with drum magazine - 7.62x25mm Tokarev
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The PPSh-41, with 71-round drum equipped, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inserting a drum - As with the stick magazine, after the magazine insertion, the player checks that the magazine catch is secure.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Holstering the PPSh-41 - the player character releases the charging handle so that the bolt goes forward; most weapons have their safeties engaged/disengaged when the player draws or holsters them.

Sa vz. 61 Skorpion

The Sa vz. 61 Skorpion is made available for Insurgent and Militia crewmen, lead crewman and as an option for the Insurgent Light Anti-Tank in Alpha 13.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Sa vz. 61 Skorpion - .32 ACP
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The draw animation for the Skorpion, doing the rare feat of actually using the gun's folding stock.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Skorpion in all its tiny, adorable glory.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The sights, cramped but still fitted with a 2 position flip sight. The usability of that on a .32 ACP submachine gun is questionable but it's nice the option is there.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Actuating the fire selector - due to a scripting limitation, it pops back in place; this is the case for all fire selector animations in-game.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Having redecorated the nearby walls with 20 rounds of .32 ACP, it's time to reload by removing the old mag...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Then inserting a fresh one and thumbing the cocking knobs back and letting the bolt chamber a round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
When done, he folds the stock back up and puts it away.

Rifles and Carbines

M16A2

As of the V4.5 update, the classic M16A2 is available to the Militia faction. It has a Colt Scope and M203 variants.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Colt M16A2 - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the M16A2 with a flick of the selector off safe.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Militant loafs around with his M16.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the classic A2 sight picture - due to a bug, the rear sight doesn't adjust properly as of V4.5.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
It also has a distinct reload animation.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Smacking in a new mag...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and the charging handle is yanked, unlike the burst fire M4 and more akin to the FAL.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M16A2 with the Colt Scope.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Surprisingly, it has an illuminated reticle.

M16A4

The USMC faction of the V3.0 update has the M16A4 rifle as standard for riflemen, squad leaders, Corpsmen, engineers, and AT kits. The USMC grenadier has an M16A4 equipped with a M203.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M16A4 detachable carry handle sight - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M16A4 with ACOG scope, RIS foregrip, Magpul MBUS rear sight, and AN/PEQ-15 IR designator - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Marine with the basic pattern M16A4 near a cannon monument. All come equipped with AN/PEQ-16 ATPIALs and use older carry handle rear sights rather than the USMC standard KAC rear sights. Foregrips are available to a few roles.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The sights are largely identical to the A2 above, aside from the knobs for affixing to the A4's flat top.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M16 has the same shared reload animation from the other AR variants.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
About to smack the bolt release.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SL M16A4 comes with an ACOG M150 scope and KAC vertical grip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking through the ACOG scope.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The right side of the Grenadier M16, which also comes equipped with a M150 sight.

M4A1

The M4A1 is available to the US Army squad leader and rifleman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The rifleman's M4A1 may either have an Aimpoint CompM4 (designated "M68 CCO") alone, or a carry handle rear sight and KAC foregrip. The squad leader's M4A1 on the other hand uses the M68 CCO with a KAC foregrip and is loaded with tracer rounds.

A quick glance at the lower receiver of the M4A1 when reloading (while using free-look) reveals a three-round burst selector and M4 Carbine markings, implying it shares the same models and textures with the latter rifle.

The Alpha of the V14 Update introduced a modified version of the M4 and M4A1 for the US Army, using MaTech 300m sights rather than the classic carry handle and adding PEQ-15 laser modules for both rifles. The LE stocks have also been changed to Crane/BCM B5 SOPMOD stocks.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Colt M4A1 with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M4A1 in first-person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the M4-type sights use the ghost ring for zeroing 100m and 200m, and is flipped down to the peep sight when zeroing from 300m beyond, which is further raised, up to 600m zeroing.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the over-sized M68 CCO.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M4A1 - the rifleman first checks the chamber, in a very Project Reality-ish manner...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...switches magazines, revealing the M4 Carbine markings in the process...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and finishes by slapping the bolt release - The bolt release juts out when a magazine is emptied.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Taking a knee with the post-Alpha 14 M4A1's basic infantry variant - note the model has been improved as well, the charging handle and top rail now have much better proportions.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the MaTech rear and just over the PEQ box.

M4

The M4 carbine in a few different configurations is used by the US Army and the Militia in Squad. All configurations use 30-round box magazines and have a six-position stock.

For the US Army, the M4 Carbine is available to all US Army classes save for the automatic rifleman, machine gunner and marksman, and comes with a KAC railed handguard. The US Army squad leader, rifleman and grenadier's M4 Carbines have Trijicon TA31RCOs (designated "M150 RCO") mounted. The squad leader's comes loaded with tracer rounds while the grenadier's comes with an additional M203A1 mounted. The combat engineer's has an M68 CCO mounted. The medic and light anti-tank may choose either the M150 RCO or M68 CCO. In the case of the medic, choosing the former means losing his M67 Frag Grenade and red M18 Smoke Grenades. For the light anti-tank, choosing former means losing both his M67s and one white M18. The lead crewman and crewman use stock rifles with carry handle iron sights. The heavy anti-tank may choose either the M68 CCO or carry handle iron sights (with a KAC foregrip), with the latter losing access to his M67.

For the Militia, their M4 is only available to Militia squad leader and rifleman, and comes with the older round handguard. The squad leader's M4 comes with an M68 mounted onto the rear sight (i.e. the carry handle), while the rifleman's M4 only has stock iron sights.

The USMC faction has M4 Carbines an an option for some roles such as the Heavy AT kit and vehicle crewman. It still uses the carry handle rear sight and has a PEQ equipped.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Colt M4 Carbine with a round handguard, as used by the Militia forces in the game - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Colt M4 Carbine with KAC railed handguard, as used by the US Army in the game - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Militia's M4 Carbine in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M4 Carbine, with M68 CCO mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the M68 CCO.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The US Army's M4 Carbine, with a M150 RCO equipped, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the M150 RCO - note the honeycomb pattern of the killflash as well as the blurred front sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Right side of a post-Alpha 14 US Army M4, showing the folded down rear sight and PEQ-15 mounted on the 3'o-clock rail.

Colt Canada C7A2

The Colt Canada C7A2 is available to the Canadian Army rifleman, light anti-tank and Combat Engineer classes. It originally came with a C79A2 mounted; later updates introduced iron sight and foregrip variants. AN/PEQ-2s have also been added to the front sight RIS section.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Colt Canada C7A2 with C79A2 optical sight - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A iron-sighted C7A2 out by the Manic-5 exit canal.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The C7 long rifle brought to shoulder.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the new Colt Canada style rear sight, note the Maple Leaf.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
At a lovely Newfoundland fishing dock, we find a C7A2 in its natural habitat.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The scope view of the C79A2. A straight line post with a few range estimation wings, and a teeny tiny green point for aiming. Very vintage.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
After a bit of non-regulation fishing, the reload begins by dropping the mag...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Smacking in a fresh one...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
About to clap the bolt release, animations shared by all the AR pattern rifles in-game. The Canadian C7/C8 rifles come in both original green and black and...

Colt Canada C8A3

The Colt Canada C8A3 is available to the Canadian Army squad leader, lead crewman, medic, crewman, and heavy anti-tank. The squad leader's C8A3 may either have a C79A2 optical sight, or a EOTech 552 (designated "ET552" or "ET"). The EOTech comes default with the medic and both crewman classes. Earlier versions of the game featured the C8A3 with the M203 for the Canadian Grenadier; however, this has been replaced with the C7A2 + M203 combo.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Colt Canada C8A3 with C79A2 optical sight and Thermold polymer magazine - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Desert tan! And here's the EOTech or "ET" variant of the C8.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the C8, showing the absolute cowitness for the EOTech and the front sight block.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the C8 reveals that while it uses the generic animations, it is actually modeled with a Colt Canada lower complete with a "Fabrique Au Canada" stamp on the lower And despite its desert get-up, its still got a green Cadex foregrip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The rifle's identity secured, the bolt is slapped home.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A distinctly-ungloved Canadian crewman with the basic pattern C8A3.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking through the basic sights.

L85A2

The L85A2 is available to all British Army classes except the crewman, lead crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes equipped with a Daniel Defense railed handguard. The rifleman's L85A2 may either have a Grip Pod or a Trijicon TA31-CH (simply named "ACOG") mounted, the medic's comes exclusively with a SUSAT, the grenadier's comes with an ACOG and a L123A2 UGL mounted. Finally, the squad leader's is loaded with tracer rounds, and may either have a Grip Pod alone or a Grip Pod and ACOG mounted simultaneously.

Note that the model of ACOG adopted by the British Army is actually the TA31F rather than the -CH variant, with an RMR mounted on top. The V2.0 update introduced another variant using an ELCAN 4x scope as the "L85A2 LDS." As of the V2.15 update, all the ACOG variants have been replaced with ELCAN scopes.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
L85A2 Theatre Entry Standard (TES) - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L85A2 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - this default rear sight is used at the default 100m zeroing. Zeroing the weapon to 200m will flip it down to the smaller aperture sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the L85A2 - The rifleman checks the empty chamber...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...switches magazines...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...presses the bolt release to chamber a round...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and karate chops the charging handle as a forward assist.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L85A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the SUSAT.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Vaulting with the L85A2 - we now have a nice view of the SUSAT.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L85A2, with TA31-CH mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the TA31-CH - note the different reticle that distinguishes it from the TA31RCO above.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The ELCAN-equipped L85 in the low ready stance.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the ELCAN.

L22A2

The L22A2 is available to the British Army crewman and lead crewman, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The crewman's rifle uses the L85A2's carry handle sights, but the lead crewman's comes with a SUSAT mounted.

Note that the L22A2 was never designed to accept iron sights due to the impractically short sight radius, and is only ever issued with a SUSAT attached. In game, the front sight post and mounting base are simply pasted onto the weapon body.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
L22A2 with a 20-round magazine - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L22A2 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - while the sight picture is largely the same, the front post is obviously far closer and larger here.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the L22A2 - it shares the same reload pattern as the L85A2 and the L86A2 below.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L22A2, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the SUSAT to reveal *gasp* a SUSAT reticle.

EF88

The EF88 was introduced as the standard assault rifle/carbine for the ADF with the V2.15 update. It has both normal and "EF88C" carbine variants, and comes in a wide latitude of configurations. It has folding BUIS in its most default configurations, and the "ET552" holographic sight for the rifle-length variant, and ELCan Specter scopes for both versions. Squad Leaders have usable Grippods that allow them to deploy the EF88 for added accuracy bonuses. It also has a usable fire selector for semi/full-auto functionality.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Thales F90/EF88 - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A fairly basic EF88C setup in Sumari.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the KAC flip sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking at the EF88's right side, showing off the serialized bolt.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Aussie inspects his magazine during the reload.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A rifle-length EF88 equipped with the holographic sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the standard EOTech reticle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Getting a look at the very nicely detailed locked back bolt and magazine follower after the EF88 runs dry.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Setting a new magazine...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and pushing in the AUG A3 style bolt release tab.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The EF88 kitted out with a Specter scope and SL40.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The ELCan's scope view.

F88 Austeyr

The Chora RAAS v3 engagement includes somewhat more historic loadouts for the ADF - namely, all the EF-88 variants are replaced with classic F88 Austeyr rifles, complete with the classic A1 scopes. As with the EF-88, these have usable fire selectors, which is actually technically accurate for the F88 as the Australians outfitted it with a modified selector that can block the two-stage trigger's full travel without engaging the auto sear.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
F88 Austeyr - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The groovy 70s F88 out on Chora.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming at the sky with the iconic donut-within-crosshair reticule of the A1 scope.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Unlike the newer EF88 above, the Austeyr's bolt doesn't lock back when empty. Some older disruptive Auscam sleeves would complete the old school look.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling up a new waffle mag.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Sliding it in with some clipping of the right sleeve.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And giving the F88's charging handle a yank to rechamber it.

Heckler & Koch HK416

Heckler & Koch M27 IAR

Introduced with the USMC as part of the V3.0 update, the Heckler & Koch M27 IAR is issued to the Marine automatic riflemen subclass and is available to squad leader roles. All versions are equipped with Harris bipods, and the automatic rifleman has the ACOG SDO scope.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch M27 IAR - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch M27 IAR with bipod, vertical foregrip, and Trijicon SU-258/PVQ Squad Day Optic - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
On the flight deck of the USS Essex for some at-sea qualifications with the M27 IAR.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the KAC BUIS.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the bipod legs atop a crate.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the deployed M27 IAR.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Chambering the IAR with a civilized thumbing-of-the-bolt release.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The right side of the ACOG-equipped IAR - it has the red illuminator band covered in blue 100-MPH tape, a neat detail. Oddly, none of the variants come with the vertical grip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The reticle of the SU-258 SDO.

Heckler & Koch M38 SDMR

The M38 SDMR the primary rifle used by the USMC Marskman roles. It features a Leupold Mark 4 MR/T scope similar the M110 SASS and has a bipod, but lacks the KAC QDSS-NT4 suppressor. It also is locked to semi-auto despite being the same base 416 rifle as the M27 IAR.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch M38 SDMR - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking at the M38 SDMR while shipboard.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the Leupold scope.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The right side of the SDMR.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M38. Note that the selector is on the Auto position, despite being locked to semi-auto in game.

AK-74

The AK-74 is available to the Militia rifleman, light anti-tank and grenadier, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Militia grenadier's AK-74 comes with a GP-25 mounted.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AK-74 - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AK-74 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the AK-74-type sights zero up to 1000m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the AK-74 - The militant checks the new magazine...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...rocks the magazine in...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and racks the charging handle with his dominant arm - this reload pattern is shared among all the 5.45mm AK rifles.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Engaging the safety.

AKS-74

The AKS-74 is available to the Militia heavy anti-tank, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. Like the AKMS, it was originally a random spawn for riflemen using the AK-74, in order to increase aesthetic variety in the arsenal of the irregular forces.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AKS-74 - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AKS-74 in first person - one may faintly make out the lack of a wooden stock.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the AKS-74 - the skeletal folding stock is particularly prominent in this frame.

AKS-74N

The AKS-74N is available to the Militia squad leader and rifleman, as well as the Insurgent fighter. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a 1P29 mounted. While the side-rail for mounting night-vision optics is not visible from any angle, there is no other way you would be able to mount such an optic other than with superglue.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AKS-74N with 1P29 - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AKS-74N, with 1P29 mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Choosing to ignore the target right in front of him, the militant targets the one behind it, but of course aims a bit higher so that the photographer can capture the reticle perfectly on camera - the 1P29 zeroes up to 400m.

AK-74M

The AK-74M is the available to all Russian Ground Forces classes except the lead crewman, crewman, marksman, automatic rifleman and machine gunner, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. While every applicable class has access to a stock rifle, the squad leader and rifleman's AK-74Ms may also have a 1P63 Obzor or a 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, while the grenadier's has a GP-25 mounted. The squad leader's AK-74M is loaded with tracer rounds. Quite unlike the other AK rifles in the game, the player grips it by the magazine rather than the handguard, a trait shared with the RPK-74M.

Note that the 1P63 Obzor originated from a mod, and when it was officially added to the game, the pink tint on the lens was removed due to the lens shader affecting performance.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AK-74M - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the AK-74M - the polymer furniture, folding stock (indicated by the trunnion at the end of the receiver), smooth upper receiver and side-rail, all often neglected features in other titles, are all visible here.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AK-74M, with 1P63 Obzor mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the 1P63 Obzor.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AK-74M, with 1P78-1 Kashtan mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the 1P78-1 Kashtan.

AKS-74U

The AKS-74U is available to the Militia and Russian Ground Forces crewmen and lead crewmen, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. 45-round RPK magazines are available to some roles.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AKS-74U - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AKS-74U in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the only two zeroing options are 100m and 400m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Militant reloading the Krinkov with a new 45-rounder in hand.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The new "Iraqi" empty reload animation.

AKM

The AKM is available to the Insurgent fighter and grenadier, as well as the Militia rifleman as a limited kit. It feeds from 30-round box magazines. The Insurgent grenadier's AKM comes with a GP-25 mounted.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AKM - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AKM in first person, as the militant threatens yet another target.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the AKM-type sights only zero up to 800m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the AKM.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the charging handle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
As of V4.3, all the Militia and Insurgents reload their AKs in a tacticool style, and perform empty reloads "Iraqi" style.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Cell Leader has also had access to a Molot drum magazine as of some updates.

AKMS

The AKMS is available to the Insurgent crewman, lead crewman and fighter, and feeds from 30-round box magazines. As with the AKS-74, it was originally planned to be a random spawn for fighters using the AKM.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AKMS - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AKMS in first person - one can faintly make out the folding stock at the end of the receiver.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Vaulting with the AKMS - part of the folding stock is revealed.

AK-12

As of the V5.0 Update, the VDV sub-faction of the Russian Armed Forces is equipped with the 2017/2018 spec Kalashnikov Concern AK-12. Airborne grunts get a bog standard version with no attachments, and other roles mix between vertical grips, 1P78 scopes, 1P87 Valday holographic sights, and it has grenadier versions with the GP-25.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AK-12, 2018 version - 5.45x39mm.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the AK-12 with a disengagement of the safety, careful to not overset it past the semi-auto setting...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A VDV trooper holding the AK-12 while doing his level best to keep his BTR-D from getting stolen.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Iron sights of the AK-12. These dial out to 800m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the sight picture of the 1P87.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the AK-12, the trooper here regrets not spending his own kopeks on a Holosun...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Strong-arming the bolt on an AK-12 equipped with the Kashtan scope and vertical grip.

AS Val

Also part of V5.0, the VDV has a Scout role that is unusually issued with the AS Val, including an OKP-7 reflex sight.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AS Val - 9x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AS Val draws just like the AKs, with the safety notched off.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A professional VDV soldier with the AS Val at the hip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the OKP's distinct green reticle. While it's an iconic pairing, the OKP-7's open design is fairly exposed to the elements and not considered very hardy.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Removing an empty magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Bringing out a new one, giving a clear view of the cartridges.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And setting it in.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
With the Val, the operator underhands the bolt akin to the Insurgents and Irregular forces.

PM md. 63

The PM.md.63 (AIM) is available to the Insurgent cell leader and feeds from 30-round box magazines.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PM md. 63 - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The PM md. 63 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the PM md. 63 - with the "donkey dong" foregrip in the way, the insurgent inserts the magazine at an angle...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and pulls the charging handle with the strong hand.

AMD-65

The AMD-65 is available to the Insurgent medic, and feeds from 30-round box magazines.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
AMD-65 with wood furniture - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AMD-65 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the AMD-65 - it has a similar animation to the md. 63.

SKS

The SKS is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts and cell/squad leaders, as well as the Insurgent light and heavy anti-tank. It feeds from a 10-round internal magazine loaded by stripper clips and, bizarrely, can be reloaded mid-clip. The SKS also features a usable bayonet. The squad leaders and scouts' rifles come with a PU mounted, but there is no cut-out on the stock that indicates the presence of the PU mounting bracket.

Note that to reload an SKS partially, one needs to hold the bolt open while doing so as the bolt only locks back on an empty magazine. An easier alternative would be to first empty the magazine by releasing the floor plate first, before pulling the bolt back to lock it open. The way it works in game was apparently a deliberate decision for balance purposes. Additionally, a point worth noting is that the SKS in Squad can hold an extra round in the chamber when reloading mid-clip, despite a single round being ejected when the bolt is first pulled back.

Finally, while it looks like the player character is topping off the partially-filled magazine with a clip, in game, it is programmed to be switching of magazines rather than topping off. Topping off a SKS with 5 rounds in its magazine with a stripper clip holding 5 rounds will only leave you with a rifle with 5 rounds in the magazine again. This was changed in the V2.0 update; the partial reload animation now shows the user manually holding the bolt back with his left hand and loading single rounds into the magazine in a much more mechanically correct way - though the +1 in the chamber still incorrectly occurs.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
SKS - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The player character turns off the safety, as he prepares to assert his dominance over a group of targets.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SKS in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Getting a sight picture on a metal delinquent that need punishing - the SKS sights zero up to 1000m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the SKS mid-clip - note that the magazine was already full.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a stripper clip - on an empty reload, the bolt automatically locks back, and the player character empties the stripper clip into the magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Removing a partly-used stripper clip - no matter how many rounds you fire beforehand, the player character will always load 4 rounds into the magazine. The partly-used clip will be retained, and will always come back later on as a fully loaded clip, despite holding the same number of rounds from earlier.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SKS, with PU mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the PU.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the SKS to get a nice view of the PU - note that the PU seems to be pasted onto the receiver; in the real SKS, the stock has to be partially cut to make room for the scope mount.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The V2.0 new non-empty reload animation with individual rounds - which would probably be extremely uncomfortable for the Insurgent's left fingers.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The bolt does stick open though, so the user pops it forward underhanded.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Unfolding the sword-style bayonet.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SKS in melee-mode.

Mosin-Nagant M91/30

Added in V2.0, the classic Mosin Nagant M91/30 enters the arsenals of the Insurgents in three specific variants. The classic full-length M91/30 appears as an optional kit for the Fighter class. It reloads from empty with a five-round stripper clip and can be topped off with loose rounds, although as with the V2.0 SKS reload revision, this allows for an incorrect +1 in the chamber which is not possible with Mosin rifles.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mosin Nagant M91/30 rifle - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Taking a trip to the short range with an old classic, the M91/30.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking down the sights reveals the classic rear notch and globe of the M91/30.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And firing the Mosin removes that entirely. And this is just on the full-length "Nugget". It only gets punchier from here.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the reload, crack open the bolt.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Stuff in five rounds of 7.62x54R, praise the /k/ube and continue on.

Mosin-Nagant M38 Carbine

The shorter Mosin Nagant Model 1938 Carbine appears as the new main arm of the Sapper class.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mosin Nagant M38 Carbine - 7.62x54mm R
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 91/30's tinier little brother gets taken out for a spin.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The sights look similar, albeit obviously closer together.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
But everything else operates the same. A nice touch with the Mosins in Squad is the lack of a "hold open" once the gun is empty. The character will just cycle the gun straight to empty without a second thought.

Mosin Nagant M91/30 Sniper Rifle

Along side the other Mosin variants, the Mosin Nagant M91/30 rifle fitted with a PU scope is added to the Insurgents' new Sniper class.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mosin Nagant M91/30 sniper variant with Russian PU scope and down-turned bolt handle - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the one we've all been waiting for. Time to show off the Mosin's draw animation, and like Project Reality, this game remembers the Mosin's safety notch.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 91/30 with a PU in all its glory. It's not Stalingrad, but it'll do.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking down the scope reveals a similar view to RS2 and the earlier mentioned SKS, a high set of a post and wing. Vintage in comparison to the other faction's more modern snipers but...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Still just as effective in the right hands.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
After 5 shots at long-ish range, the M91/30 gets fed its regular diet of 7.62x54R spoon fed into the magazine.

Heckler & Koch G3A3

The Heckler & Koch G3A3 is available to the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit, feeding from 20 round magazines and being equipped with slim line handguards. The G3A3 is also the standard issue rifle of the MEA, who have both the standard iron sight only version as well as the option for a Hensoldt ZF-1 scope or a Zeiss Z-Point red dot. There's also the option for a G3A3 equipped with an HK79 grenade launcher for the MEA Grenadier.

Rather bizarrely, the G3A3 also serves as the MEA's Automatic Rifle. Known as the "G3A3 + Drum Mag", this version uses the wide handguards and equips a bipod as well as X-Product 50 round drum mags, fittingly loaded with tracers as part of this battle rifle's transformation into a lightweight support weapon.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch G3A3 with "slimline" handguard - 7.62x51mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The G3A3 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the G3A3 - the fighter pulls the charging handle back to lock it...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...inserts a fresh magazine after the obligatory magazine check...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and ends it with the classic HK slap.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Out to the killhouse, we go with the MEA's special Z-Point variant of the G3A3.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Working on some room clearing, we get a good look of the Z-Point dot.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
But the reload?
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Exactly the same, and just as satisfying.
G3A3ZF with Hensoldt 4x24 optical sight - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The other neat variant of the G3A3 added was the ZF-1 equipped version. A vintage magnified option for sure, but fun nonetheless.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A look down the glass of the ZF-1, very clear for 60's vintage glass isn't it?
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch G3A3 with wide handguard - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the most weird version of the G3 added in V1.0, and that's saying something with the HK-51 was included. The G3 "LMG".
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The neat feature to this gun is the fitted bipod.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Well that and it being loaded with tracers.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
It does get its own neat reload with a slightly less violent tug of the charging handle...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And a swap of the drums. But no slap for you. You'll get enough of that with the rest of these reloads.

Heckler & Koch G3A4

Originally added in the game as an optional rifle kit for the Insurgent Cell Leader, the Heckler & Koch G3A4 returns with the addition of the MEA as the standard issue rifle for MEA Squad Leaders. It comes in the same three variants of the other MEA G3s, iron sight only/Zeiss Z-Point or ZF-1 scope but with the SL standard of running tracer rounds.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch G3A4 - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The G3A4 in the field. The only noticeable difference is the wide "tropical" handguard.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Beyond the collapsing stock, it's all effectively the same rifle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Including the ever so satisfying SLAP.

Heckler & Koch G3KA4

The carbine of the MEA, the short Heckler & Koch G3KA4 appears with the group's Light Anti-Tank and Combat Engineer classes, with the same options of optical/digital or iron sights.

Heckler & Koch G3KA4 - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Out in somewhere that's not the normal desert range, we get the KA4. Can you tell the barrel is shorter?
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
I mean it's exactly what you'd expect.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
It works...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Exactly as you'd expect. Slap included.

Heckler & Koch G3SG/1

MEA Marksman are issued the Heckler & Koch G3SG/1 as a sniper rifle. It is limited to semi-automatic fire only.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch G3SG/1 - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Back in the guard tower, we see the G3/SG1. The slightly sleeker of the many G3 variants.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking down the scope, we get a very simple reticle. A cross hair with a central red dot.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And that reticle is a very nice inclusion all things considered.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The reload is what you'd expect. But...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
What about the bipod reload?
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
HA! ITS JUST THE G3A3 LMG'S RELOAD!

HK51

The last of the G3s on offer for the MEA, the shortie HK51 appears as the compact carbine of the MEA. Given its short length, it only comes with iron sights or the Z-Point, and only for the Pilot, Lead Crewman and Heavy Anti-Tank Classes.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
HK51 - 7.62x51mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
After so many flavors of G3. We get to the one you want to see. The TINY one.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The sights, just a little too close for comfort.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And if you want, you can flick it to full auto, mag dump all 20 rounds and rattle your fillings loose.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the rest is...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Exactly what you expect.

StG 58

The StG 58 is available to the Militia squad leader and medic, as well as the Insurgent fighter as a limited kit. It feeds from 20-round box magazines and is recognisable by the ribbed stamped metal handguard and its unique combination muzzle device, although it lacks the bipods.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
StG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The FN FAL in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the FN FAL - the insurgent inspects the chamber...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...rocks a fresh magazine in... - note the iconic muzzle device.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and ends it by pulling the charging handle when he could have easily gone for the bolt release.

QBZ-95-1

QBZ-95-1 rifles are the standard service rifle for the PLA with the V4.0 Update, and the PLA Navy Marine Corps in V5.0.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QBZ-95-1 - 5.8x42mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Flicking the safety off the QBZ-95-1 rifle during a stroll through the red house neighborhood.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inspecting the QBZ-95-1. It's held with an almost C-clamp style grip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The QBZ's fairly straightforward ghost-ring-and-hooded sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Rocking in another 5.8mm waffled mag while empty - the bolt is locked back.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Releasing the charging handle to send it and the bolt along their way.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A PLA soldier with the holo-sighted QBZ under a stormy Pacific night.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming upon the heavens with the backwards not-EOTech.

QBZ-95B-1

The QBZ-95B-1 carbine is issued to China's HAT, Engineer, and vehicle crew kits.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QBZ-95B-1 - 5.8x42mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Right side of the QBZ-95B-1 carbine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inspecting the magazine and its 5.8x42mm rounds.

Light Machine Guns

Light machine guns are usable by the automatic rifleman classes, medium machine guns are usable by the machine gunner class. All machine guns are loaded with tracer rounds.

The automatic rifleman has access to two different kits, with the more powerful kit being unlocked later than the other when enough people join the squad. Additionally, the more powerful kit is considered a Fire Support Role, while the less powerful is considered a Squad Role. As such, taking the more powerful automatic rifleman kit comes at the cost of using up one of a maximum of three fire support roles.

Light and medium machine guns are lowered fairly quickly when undeployed due to their weight, with medium machine guns being lowered immediately upon equipping. Their iron sights are still usable, but it is strongly encouraged that their bipods be deployed on a surface first.

M249 SAW

The M249 SAW is featured in Squad disguised as the "Minimi," for the Milita. It is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, and is unlocked later than the RPK-74.

An RFI updated M249 is included with the USMC faction with the V3.0 update. It uses the Trijicon SDO scope.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M249 SAW - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M249 SAW in first person - note the rail-less feed cover and missing heatshield.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying bipods - note the long barrel and the distinct handguard that gives it away.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M249 SAW - the militant automatic rifleman first racks the charging handle before reloading...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...flips the feed tray up and down for a chamber inspection...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...loads a new 200-round ammo box...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...loads a new belt onto the feed tray...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and closes the feed cover when done.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Marine SAW gunner inspects the right side of his M249 in Iraq.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M249, deployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking through the scope, akin to the same ACOG used on the M27 IAR.

M249 Paratrooper

The M249 Paratrooper appears in Squad as the "M249 PIP". It is available to the US Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags. Aside its distinctive short barrel, it comes with the heat shield, railed handguard and telescoping buttstock of the Rapid Fielding Initiative (RFI). The PIP in its in-game designation likely comes from the M249 Product Improvement Program, the contents of which are are commonly confused with those of the RFI. The automatic rifleman has a choice between the M68 CCO and M145 MGO, the latter unlocking later than the former and having no M67s.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M249 Paratrooper - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M249 Paratrooper in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the M249 Paratrooper - note the different railed handguard and short barrel.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the M68 CCO.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M249 Paratrooper - note the smaller 100-round cloth ammo bag
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M249 Paratrooper, with M145 MGO mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the M145 MGO.

L110A2

The L110A2, an FN Minimi Para variant with an L85-style dovetail rail, appears in Squad as the "L110A2 Minimi". It is available to the British Army automatic rifleman, and feeds from 100-round cloth ammo bags similar to those of the M249 Paratrooper. The automatic rifleman has the choice between iron sights or a SUSAT optic.

At release, the in-game L110A2 is in fact a basic FN Minimi Para with Picatinny rails and original rear sight instead of the L110's unique rear sight. These issues have been fixed in an update, and the in-game L110A2 now more closely resembles the proper British military variant.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Actual L110A2, for comparison - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Standing next to an Estonian petrol station with the update L110A2 LMG.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking through the iron sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The right side of the updated SUSAT variant - it shares rollmarks with the American M249.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
FN Minimi Para - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The original L110A2, or an FN Minimi Para, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the Minimi Para - note the exposed short barrel and original Minimi handguards.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the original incorrect iron sights - it shares the same sights as the M249 SAW. The default sights are zeroed at 200 meters (note the number 2 markings). Changing the zeroing adjusts the knob, increasing the zeroing in increments of 200 meters, up to 1200 meters. The M249 SAW zeroes in the same way.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the Minimi Para - it shares the same reload pattern as the M249 SAW and M249 Paratrooper.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Minimi Para, with SUSAT mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the SUSAT - the SUSAT zeroes from 100m to 600m in 100m increments.

C9A2

The C9A2 light machine gun is available to the Canadian Army automatic rifleman. It comes with an C79A2 optical sight mounted.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
C9A2 light machine gun with C79A2 optical sight - 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
At a local construction sight, we find the rarely seen Minimi variant, the C9A2. Note the correct C77 marked ammo box underneath.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the tube reveals the same basic set-up as the earlier C7. Same post, same point, same hazy front sight that's out of focus.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And like the other FN Minimi variants, the same reload. Open top cover, check the feed tray...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Swap box, fit and feed belt, slap down top cover, continue forward.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Right side of the C9, showing that it has a different receiver texture. Note the classic Diemaco green CAR stock and AN/PEQ-2 designator.

FN Minimi F89

As part of the V2.15 update, the FN Minimi is issued to the ADF Automatic Rifleman as the F89 Minimi. It mounts the EOTech 552 holographic sight.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
FN Minimi Standard - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An Aussie looks over his F89 LMG. It appears to also have US rollmarks, and the 552 sight is cleverly marked as an "EchoTech."
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming through said "EchoTech."
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Opening up the F89's top cover on a reload.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inspecting the chamber.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Replacing the belt box.

L86A2 LSW

The L86A2 LSW is unique in that it is available to the British Army marksman rather than the automatic rifleman, accurately portraying its usage as an interim marksman rifle. It feeds from 30-round box magazines, and comes with a SUSAT mounted. It unlocks earlier than the other British Army marksman option, the L129A1.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
L86A2 LSW - 5.56x45mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L86A2 LSW in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the SUSAT - sorry to disappoint if you were somehow expecting a different reticle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the L86A2 - the animation is similar to that of the L85A2.

RPK

The RPK is available to the Insurgent automatic rifleman, and feeds from either 40-round box magazines or 75-round drum magazines. The former replaces the RPK-74 from the Insurgent arsenal, and unlocks earlier than the latter.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPK with cleaning rod removed, folded bipod and 40-round magazine - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPK in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK while deployed - the insurgent automatic rifleman switches magazines...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and pulls the charging handle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK while undeployed - the animation is similar to that of the AKM.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPK with 75-round drum - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPK, with a 75-round drum, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK while deployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK undeployed - the Insurgent automatic rifleman wrestles with the weight of the drum and RPK, and eventually finishes by yanking the charging handle back while still gripping the drum magazine.

RPK-74

The RPK-74 is one of two light machine guns available to the Militia automatic rifleman, the other being the M249 SAW. It feeds from 45-round box magazines, and unlocks earlier than the latter.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPK-74 with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPK-74 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
"CURSE THE SUN" he screams, as he (somewhat pointlessly) threatens it with his RPK-74.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK-74 while deployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK-74 while undeployed.

RPK-74M

The RPK-74M is available to the Russian Ground Forces automatic rifleman, and feeds from 45-round polymer box magazines, unlike the bakelite ones used by the RPK-74. The automatic rifleman may choose between iron sights or a 1P78-2 Kashtan, the latter unlocking later than the former. Like the AK-74M above, the player holds the weapon by the magazine rather than by the handguard.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPK-74M with 45-round magazine - 5.45x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPK-74M in first person - note the grip of the left hand on the magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the RPK-74M while undeployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPK-74M, with a 1P78-2 Kashtan mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the 1P78-2 Kashtan - it was never explicitly stated that it was the 1P78-2 variant (in fact it's likely the same 3D model as the 1P78-1 used on the AK-74M), but it can be inferred since it is calibrated for the RPK-74M after all.

RPD

Added in V2.0, the RPD light machine gun appears as a replacement for the RPK in the Fire Support role Automatic Rifleman class.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPD - 7.62x39mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPD in-game. Like the heavier machine guns, it's carried at a low ready-ish position.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights, adjustable all the way to 1000 meters.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
After dumping 100 rounds of 7.62x39 with reckless abandon, reloading begins by cracking open the top cover and running the bolt.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Before swapping the drums. A nice touch, the tab that holds the drums in place is actuated when the drum is swapped.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
With the drums swapped, the belt is finally fed into the gun.

QJB-95-1

The QJB-95-1 is issued to regular PLA Automatic Riflemen kits.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QJB-95-1 - 5.8x42mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Chinese Automatic Rifleman with the YMA-scoped QJB-95-1 out in the not-Gobi desert.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The YMA's reticle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inspecting the 75-round drum mag.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Locking one in on the reload. Note that it manages to lock the bolt back.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Charging the QJB-95.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The QJB-95-1 deployed on a HESCO sand crate.

QJY-88

In addition, the QJY-88 is used by the PLA's Machinegunner role.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QJY-88 with scope, ammo box, and tripod - 5.8x42mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A Chinese support gunner with the QJY-88 held in the low ready.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the MG upon a wood crate.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the offset optic.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Changing out the QJY's 200-round belt boxes.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Snaking in a new belt.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Then right-handing the top cover down.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Working the RPD-like charging handle; here it is pressed back up at the end.

Medium Machine Guns

M240B

The M240B is available to the US Army machine gunner, and feeds from 50-round cloth ammo bags that erroneously hold 75 rounds, although that could possibly be a balance consideration. It comes with an M145 MGO mounted.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M240B - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M240B in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the M145 MGO.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M240B - the gunner racks the charging handle, then lifts the feed cover and feed tray for a quick inspection...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...attaches a new enchanted ammo bag with extra capacity...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...closes the tray and loads the new belt on top...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and closes the feed cover at last.

M240G

The V3.0 update introduced the M240G for the Marines. It is issued to the USMC machine gunner kit, and is mounted on most of the Marines' vehicles. It mounts a Trijicon TA11H-308 Machine Gun Optic.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
USMC M240G - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 240 Golf deployed up on a railroad depot.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Contrasting the SDO reticle against the overcast skies.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Idling reveals the right side of the M240G.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloads are identical to the other MAG variants.

FN MAG 58

The FN MAG 58 appears in Squad posing as the British L7A2 GPMG and as the Canadian C6 GPMG (appearing originally as the "C6A2," now as the "C6 FLEX"). It is available to the British and Canadian machine gunners, and feeds from enchanted cloth ammo bags, similar to the M240B above. It also has a railed feed cover similar to that of the M240B, which the actual L7A2 or C6 does not have. Rather, the actual L7A2 has a distinct bracket screwed to the left side of the receiver for mounting optics. It also has a unique and distinctly-shaped carry handle. It also appears for the Aussies as the Mag58 and normally is only found on the Defence Force's vehicles, though it appears as a replacement for the Maximi on the Chora RAAS v3 map alongside the classic F88 Austeyr.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
FN MAG 58 - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Actual L7A2 General Purpose Machine Gun, for comparison. - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The FN MAG 58 in first person - note the carry handle; the one on the L7A2 has a different shape.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights, zeroed at 100m by default - zeroing up to 800 meters adjusts the slide and raises the tangent rear sight, and zeroing beyond 800m flips up the rear sight and uses the alternate rear sights, which is raised when the zeroing continues to go up, up to 1800m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the FN MAG 58 - the animation is similar to that of the M240B, just without the optic on top.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Closing the feed cover - note the railed feed cover and the exposed barrel.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Taking a closer look at the left side of the receiver with free look - note the absence of the mounting bracket, a distinct feature of the L7A2 GPMG. While it is detachable, doing so would leave 4 noticeable screw holes.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Hoisting up the C6 FLEX GPMG out around the "HASCO" defenses at the Basra airfield. Note the CADPAT green belt sack.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The C6 set up on the wall, sharing pretty much every bit of the L7's model.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Including the same sights, plus the flip up ones.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the bolt back after discharging out the whole belt.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the same animation of opening the top cover...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And seating the belt.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A C6 FLEX atop the loader's hatch on the Canadian Leopard 2A6M. The stock should actually be polymer black-colored as part of the FLEX upgrade program.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A deployed ADF MAG 58. The rear sight is set to 900m and has the rear leaf deployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the long-distance sight. It can dial out to 1800 meters.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Right side of the FN MAG.

FN Maximi

The ADF-designated Maximi is the 7.62 variant of the FN Minimi Mk3 is the MMG/GPMG normally issued to the ADF Machine Gunner kit.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mk 48 Mod 0 - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Getting a look at the right side of the Maximi along the highway to Al-Basrah.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the Maximi as held from at the low-ready. It lacks the STANAG magwell.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Popping open the bipod and setting the MG on a jersey barrier.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the ELCan skyward.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Locking the bolt back at the beginning of an empty reload.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the Maximi.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The reload as seen undeployed, which gives a good view of the forend setup and vertical grip.

PKM

The PKM is available to the Insurgents and Militia machine gunners, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links. The PKM in game seems to be built from a mix of both polymer and wooden furniture. The Militia gets a PKM with a 1P29 scope affixed on the same side-swinging mount as the PKP as of the V4.5 update.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PKM - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the PKM - as with the other medium machine guns, the weapon is lowered immediately upon drawing. Also note the ammo belt dangling off of the left side; the 7.62x54mmR ammo belts are non-disintegrating, and the firing animations in Squad correctly animate it as such (though animations that interact with the belt, such as reloads, always show it at a very short length to simplify the animation).
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - using the slider, the sights zero up to 1500m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the PKM - the Insurgent gunner opens the feed cover...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...flips the feed tray up and down...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...tilts the PKM to the right to load a new 100-round box...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...loads the new belt onto the feed tray...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and pulls the charging handle after closing the feed cover.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An Irregular tracksuit gunner with the scoped PKMN.

PKP Pecheneg

The PKP Pecheneg is available to the Russian Ground Forces machine gunner, and feeds from 100-round ammo boxes with non-disintegrating links, similar to the PKM above. It comes with a 1P78 Kashtan mounted, but in reality the 1P78 Kashtans are calibrated for 5.45x39mm and 7.62x39mm rifles and machine guns. A better and more likely scenario would be a 1P77 scope, designed to be mounted on the PKMN and PKP Pecheneg. The VDV sub-faction uses PKPs without the scope, iron sights only.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PKP Pecheneg - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the PKP Pecheneg - note the markings on the feed cover, which are similar to those of the PKM, and the in-game designation for "- 1p78" where it should be "+ 1P78".
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the 1P78 Kashtan - I'd be impressed if you still expected anything different.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the PKP Pecheneg - the gunner flips the scope down and opens the feed cover...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...loads a new box after inspecting the feed tray...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...closes the feed cover after loading a new belt, giving a good view of the handle on the barrel...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...pulls the charging handle...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and flips the scope back up.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A VDV gunner with his PKP out on a Skorpo ditch. Ain't got no scope for it.

MG3

Added in V1.0 with the MEA, the MG3 appears as the faction's GPMG of choice. It's used by the Machine Gunner class, fitted with a ELCAN scope and it's also fitted to a variety of the faction's vehicles.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
MG3 Machine Gun - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Alongside this heavy ordnance, comes a very potent bit of heavy ordnance. The MG3.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The sight down the mounted ELCAN scope, revealing a vintage reticle. But you know this because what you want with a videogame MG3...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
IS THE BEES.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
After 100 rounds of bees fired mostly into the sky, the reload starts with a charge of the handle and an opening of the top cover.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And a replaced box, new belt and a slapping down of said top cover.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Getting behind the MG3 mounted on the MEA Simir jeep - the gunner racks the charging handle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The mounted MG3 ready to rip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with this version's distinct iron sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading in a new 7.62 NATO belt.

Sniper Rifles

M110 SASS

The M110 SASS is available to the US Army marksman, and feeds from 20-round box magazines. It comes with a Leupold Mk 4 scope mounted. Usable bipods were added to the M110 (and the L129A1 below) in Alpha 14, and the M110 received a AN/PEQ-15 device mounted on the three-o'clock rail position.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M110 SASS with Leupold Mk4 scope - 7.62x51mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M110 SASS in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the Leupold Mk 4.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
As with the M4A1, the marksman checks the chamber before reloading. An interesting added procedure is the rifle is safed during the reload.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inserting a new magazine - note the KAC logo and the protruding bolt catch, indicating that the bolt is locked open.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The post Update 14 M110 SASS with its full kit.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the bipod.

L129A1 Sharpshooter

The L129A1 Sharpshooter is one of two weapons available to the British Army marksman, the other being the L86A2 LSW. It feeds from 20-round box magazines, and comes with a Trijicon TA648-RMR-UKS mounted (minus the RMR). It unlocks later than the latter.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
L129A1 Sharpshooter - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L129A1 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the TA648-RMR-UKS.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
As with the M110 SASS, the marksman checks the chamber before reloading - note the Magpul PMAG magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Inserting a new magazine - note both the LMT logo and the protruding bolt catch, the latter indicating that the bolt is locked open.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Hitting the bolt release to chamber a round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The updated L129A1 with a Harris bipod.

C14 Timberwolf

The C14 Timberwolf is available to the Canadian Army sniper, and feeds from 5-round box magazines. It comes with a Schmidt & Bender PMII scope mounted and has a deployable bipod.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PGW C14 Timberwolf with Harris bipod - .338 Lapua Magnum
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The equip/unequip animations of the C14 involve flicking its safety lever.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Perched upon a rock with Squad's first proper bolt action sniper rifle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the C14's scope, a standard mil-dot with a red center dot. In earlier versions of the game, the muzzle brake was incorrectly visible through the scope; this has been fixed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the Harris bipod.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the C14 by swapping the 5 rounder mag.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Before opening and closing the bolt to feed a fresh round.

Heckler & Koch HK417

Introduced with the V2.15 update, the Heckler & Koch HK417 is issued to the Australian sharpshooter. It is fitted with the same Trijicon TA648-308 scope as the UK's L129A1, and has a vertical grip and usable Harris bipod. The magwell has "F 417" inscribed on it despite the in-game menu name being "HK417," and the ADF officially refers to it by the commercial HK name without the "F" prefix.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch HK417 with 16" barrel - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Setting up on a balcony with the HK417.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Holding the 417 at the hip.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the ACOG at a wall to give the reticle something clean to contrast against.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Upon empty, the marksman checks the HK417's empty chamber.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading in a new 20-round magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And giving the bolt release a civilized tap.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Extending the Harris bipod.

SVD

The SVD is available to the Insurgents and Militia marksman classes, and feeds from 10-round box magazines. It comes with a PSO-1 mounted, and its backup iron sights are unusable. It comes with more spare magazines than the M110 SASS and L129A1 to compensate for its smaller magazine capacity.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
SVD - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SVD in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the PSO-1 - the PSO-1 zeroes up to 1km.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the SVD - note the bolt accurately locking back on an empty magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Releasing the bolt to chamber a round.

SVDM

The Russian Ground Forces marksman uses a modern Kalashnikov Concern SVDM. The SVDM features a usable bipod and uses the 1P88 scope.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
SVDM - 7.62x54mm R
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Freelooking at the new SVDM.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the 8x 1P88 scope - the reticle lines were thickened with the V2.0 update.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading in the same manner as its older predecessor.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pinky-pulling the charging handle to send the bolt into battery.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the SVDM's bipod.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SVDM on the ground, in idle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Magazine swaps a redone with the left hand, AK-like, while deployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The deployed rechamber animation.

SV-98M

The V5.0 Update includes the SV-98 as the issued sniper rifle to the VDV sub-faction, the second modern bolt action sniper in Squad since the Canadian C-14 Timberwolf. It uses a 1P69 scope, and loads with 10-round magazines of 7.62x45mmR.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
SV-98 with 1P69 scope, carry handle, suppressor, and mirage band - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Uneasy at the local dock, a VDV sharpshooter flicks the safety off his SV-98M...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
..and brings it to shoulder.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The red reticle of the 1P69 scope contrasting against the wooden dock boards.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Working the SV-98's bolt, with the spent cartridge visible.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
On empty, the sniper turns the bolt back, and withdraws the empty magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
He pulls up the new one for a quick glance, just make sure he's not shoving something else from his vest into the magwell.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And deliberately actuates the SV-98's distinct button mag catch on the front of the magazine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Lounging atop some crates with the SV-98 deployed.

QBU-88

As part of the V4.0 Update, the Chinese Marksman kit uses the QBU-88 semiautomatic sniper rifle.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QBU-88 - 5.8x42mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A PLA marksman pulls up his QBU-88. As this never had a -1 variation, the safety is still located back ahead of the magazine and is flicked off with the right hand.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
On the lookout for waterfowl at the marsh with the QBU. Here, the China-Clamp grip is visible.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Getting a high-contrast view of the QBU's scope against the sky.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the short ten-round mag. Here, the special 5.8 loading is visible.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And it rechambers with an underhand tug, tacticool style.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Extending the bipod.

Grenade Launchers

Grenade Launchers are available to the grenadier class. They all have arming distances to mirror those in real life.

All grenade launchers come with 10 high explosive rounds and 2 white, red and blue smoke marker rounds each.

GP-25

The GP-25 Kostyor is the available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia grenadiers, and is mounted to their AK-74M, AKM and AK-74 respectively. Like its real life counterpart, the grenadier's primary weapon is also issued with a recoil pad mounted to the stock, which can be seen using freelook, and is also present on the inventory icon. It has the option to choose between VOG-25 frag rounds, or red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon equipping the GP-25, the player sets his primary weapon to safe and loads a round into his launcher. When switching back to his rifle, he tilts the barrel down and catches the falling round before turning off the safety on his rifle.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
GP-25 - 40mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The GP-25, mounted to a AK-74, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The GP-25, mounted to an AKM, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The GP-25, mounted to an AK-74M, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the GP-25 sights by default zero at 50m, and can be adjusted to 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, and 500m in direct fire mode. It can also switch to indirect fire (high fire) mode by scrolling beyond the 500m zeroing, in which case the two distances available are 200m and 300m.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a VOG-25 frag grenade.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a white smoke grenade...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...a blue smoke grenade...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and a red smoke grenade. - The real Russian 40mm caseless grenades generally only produce white smoke, and most of them, like the GDM-40, GD-40, or the GRD-40, look very different from the VOG-25.

M203A2

The M203A2 is available to Grenadiers of the US and Canadian Armies, mounted on the M4 Carbine and the C7A2 respectively. It is able to fire M433 HEDP rounds or, similar to the GP-25, red, blue and white smoke rounds. Upon selecting the M203A2, the player flips the leaf sight up and loads a round, and when switching back to his rifle, he empties the launcher of any shells and flips the sight down.

Note that there are no blue smoke rounds for the M203 in reality; there are only M713 red, M714 white, M715 greens, and M716 yellow smoke rounds.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M4 Carbine with M203 Grenade Launcher - 40mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M203A2, mounted on the M4 Carbine, in first person view.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the leaf sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a M433 HEDP round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a M714 Ground Marker round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An M203A2 slung under the C7A2 rifle, a unique setup with the original upper handguard still retained.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Using the Canadian M203.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming through its distinct sight - it adjusts from 50m to 300m, here set at 100 to make the front post a bit more visible.

L123A2 UGL

The Heckler & Koch AG-SA80 appears in game under the better-known British designation "L123A2", and is available to the British Army grenadier, mounted to his L85A2. Like the M203A1, it can fire M433 HEDP rounds or red, blue and white smoke rounds.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
L85A2 fitted with underslung L123A2 grenade launcher - 5.56x45mm, 40x46mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L123A2, mounted on the L85A2, in first person view.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the leaf sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a M433 HEDP round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Once more, same as before - loading in white smoke round...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...a blue smoke round....
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and a red smoke round.

Heckler & Koch HK79

MEA Grenadiers use G3 battle rifles with underslung Heckler & Koch HK79 40mm launchers.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Heckler & Koch HK79 40mm mounted on Heckler & Koch HK33A2 5.56x45mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
High in the guard tower, sits the G3 with the underslug HK79 bloop tube.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the side mounted sights, adjustable for all ranges.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Including that one.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Cracking open the tube to remove the spent round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And popping in a new shell.

Thales SL40

The ADF's Grenadier is issued with the EF88 + SL40 grenade launcher. It is paired with a Trijicon RMR for its sighting system.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Thales F90MBR with SL40 - 5.56x45mm and 40x46mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Flicking the safety off when switching to the SL40.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SL40 in use.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the RMR sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the SL40 - removing the spent casing.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And in with a new one.

Energa Rifle Grenade

Update 4.3 introduced the Energa Rifle Grenade for some Irregular Militia kits outfitted with the Stg 58 FAL. Their LAT is issued AT warheads, while the Ambusher gets fragmentation rounds.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Energa Rifle Grenade. This particular version is US M29 training.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Stg 58 with its Energa-launching apparatus.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Its equip animation starts with ejecting the chambered round, which appears to be fired or a blank already.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Then the operator drops a blank into the chamber. It chambers once the user lets go of the charging handle, though this would cause a live round from the magazine to jam into the blank round in reality.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The sight is unfolded, then the Energa round is loaded.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the rifle grenade - it has 40,60, and 80m zeroes.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading after firing the first round. When unequipping, the character just racks the charging handle, then removes the grenade and folds the leaf sight.

QLG-10A

For the PLA, the QLG-10A caseless grenade launcher is used in conjunction with the QBZ-95-1 for their Grenadier kits.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QBZ-95-1 with QLG-10A grenade launcher - 5.8x42mm / 35mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The QBZ-95-1 with the YMA scope and QLG-10 active.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming at about 100m. It dials from 50 to 400 meters.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a caseless round into the QLG.

Rocket Launchers

Rocket launchers are available for the anti-tank classes. They are single-shot weapons that are primarily for taking down vehicles, and have backblast modelled. Care must be taken to avoid accidentally hurting or flat out incapacitating friendlies behind the user when firing. Like grenade launchers, all rocket launchers have arming distances for gameplay purposes, regardless of whether the weapon has them in real life or not.

Carl Gustaf M2

The Carl Gustaf M2 appears in Squad as the "Carl Gustav M2 + No78Mk1". It is available to the Canadian Army heavy anti-tank class and comes with 2 high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warheads and a single tandem charge warhead. It is also used by the Australian HAT kit.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Carl Gustaf M2 - 84x246mm R
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Equipping the M2 starts similar to its brother the MAAWS by loading in the first round - here, an antipersonnel shell.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
About to pull the blast nozzle/breech/Venturi cone closed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2 Gustav in all its vintage glory.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
That vintage look extends to the very basic scope in comparison to the M3 below.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a tandem antitank warhead.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And, finally, the HEAT shell.

Carl Gustaf M3

The Carl Gustaf M3 appears in Squad under the US Army designation "M3 MAAWS", available to the US heavy anti-tank class. It comes with 2 HEAT warheads (although the AT tandem is another choice) plus 2 smoke rounds.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Carl Gustaf M3 - 84x246mm R
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Equipping the MAAWS starts with loading the launcher, in this case, with the 84mm HEDP round.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Bringing the M3 to shoulder.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the MAAWS skyward to get a clear look at the reticle. The chevron in the center is for 100 meters, with a mix of drop compensators below it.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
About to put in a smoke shell.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Lastly, the tandem warhead similar to the Canadian one seen above.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Locking the breech in place.

M72A7 LAW

The M72A7 LAW is available to the US Army and British Army light and heavy anti-tank as a disposable launcher. The light anti-tank carries only one launcher instead of two as of the current build, but may be equipped with a M67 or L109A1 respectively to make up for the reduced firepower. Bizarrely, the heavy anti-tank use them as a secondary launcher to their AT4-CS launchers.

Note that the British Army does not use M72A7s, but rather the further upgraded M72A9 variant (though the two variants are visually very similar), designated as the "L72A9 Light Anti-Structure Munition (LASM)". As its designation implies, its warhead is designed to be used for bunker-busting rather than for anti-tank applications. Additionally, this launcher is an interim launcher to make up for the shortfall of L2A1 ASMs. The LAW is also issued to the Canadian and Australian forces.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M72A7 LAW with rocket - 66mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M72A7 LAW in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the M72 LAW.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights. The sights can be zeroed up to 400m.

Mk 153 SMAW

The Mk 153 SMAW is issued to the USMC HAT class. It has both HEAT and AP warheads, and as with Project Reality, the spotting rifle is also usable.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mk 153 Mod 0 SMAW - 83mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Equipping the SMAW in the amphib's well deck - the rear half/warhead is loaded.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the safety is flicked off.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Mk 153 SMAW shouldered.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Sighting in the scope against the sea inside the well deck.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Firing the spotting rifle while onshore.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the six-shot magazine...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and the charging handle is pulled on empty reloads.

Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS

The Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4-CS is available to the US Army light anti-tank class and British Army heavy anti-tank class under their respective designations, the "M136 AT4-CS" and "ILAW AT4-CS".

At the same time, it is worth noting that "ILAW" is an incomplete designation; the proper designation is "L2A1 Interim Light Anti-tank Weapon (ILAW)". As its name suggests, it is an interim solution to make up for the shortfall of NLAWs as the British Army replaces its obsolete LAW 80 launchers.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Saab Bofors Dynamics AT4 - 84mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the AT4-CS - the player deploys the front sight by pushing the lid open...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...then flips up the rear sight...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and turns off the safety.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AT4-CS in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the sights zero up to 500m, turning the knob in the process.

Saab Bofors Dynamics MBT-LAW

The V2.0 update introduced the NLAW as a replacement for the ILAW AT4-CS for the British Army. It features a Predicted-Line-Of-Sight (PLOS) mode that allows the user to track moving targets and fire a guided projectile.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
MBT LAW - 150mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Equipping the NLAW - the UK HAT operator flips out the scope...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and disengages the safety.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The NLAW in idle.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A clear view through the scope.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Showing off the locking feature with a derelict M1A2.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Flipping the sight down while putting away the NLAW.

RPG-7V2

The RPG-7V2 is available to the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgent and Militia light and heavy anti-tanks. The Russian Ground Forces and Militia anti-tank classes are each armed with 2 OG-7V fragmentation warheads and a single PG-7VM high-explosive anti-tank (HEAT) warhead, with the heavy anti-tank having an additional PG-7VR tandem charge warhead. The Insurgent anti-tank classes has an extra OG-7V warhead to compensate for their weaker primary rifle. When switching between warheads, the player character removes the previous warhead before loading the warhead of choice.

Additionally, the Russian Ground Forces anti-tank's RPG-7V2 also comes equipped with a PGO-7 (likely the V3 variant), which is regrettably plagued with incorrect or missing markings. It also does not come with the UP-7V sighting device designed to be used in tandem with it, despite the combination of the two being the defining features of the RPG-7V2 over the older variants. Finally, production of the PG-7VM had long ceased since the 70s, and it would be unlikely to see such warheads in the Russian arsenal. Rather, they would have been replaced by the PG-7VL instead.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPG-7 - 40mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPG-7V2 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - the sights can be zeroed up to 500m, raising the rear sight in the process.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading a PG-7VM warhead...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...an OG-7V warhead...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and a PG-7VR warhead.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
In a nice display of weapons knowledge, the player character cocks the launcher after each reload.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPG-7V2, with PGO-7V mounted, in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the PGO-7V - note the incorrect, extra and missing markings throughout the sight picture.

RPG-26

The RPG-26 Aglen is available to the Russian Ground Forces light anti-tank as a disposable launcher. As with the M72A7 LAW, the light anti-tank now only has one disposable launcher instead of two, but instead he is now equipped with a RGD-5.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPG-26 - 72.5mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the RPG-26 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and the rear sight...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and pulls out the safety pin.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPG-26 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the RPG-26.

RPG-28

Introduced with the V2.0 update, the RPG-28 is a new option for the Russian Army HAT kit. It fires a large 125mm projectile with a flat trajectory, and can be zeroed out to 500m.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPG-28 - 125mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling out the safety pin on the RPG-28, just like the RPG-26 above.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Idling with the RPG-26.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking through the optical sight.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Slinging back the tube in its unequip animation.

RPG-29

The RPG-29 Vampir is available to the Insurgent heavy anti-tank, and grants the user access to 2 PG-29V tandem charge warheads. Compared to the other loadout featuring the RPG-7V2, the extra tandem charge warhead provides extra firepower against armored vehicles at the cost of versatility since the former does not have fragmentation warheads.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RPG-29 launcher - 105mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the RPG-29 - the anti-tank soldier flips up the front sight...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and the rear sight...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and loads a PG-29V warhead - the loading sequence of the deploying animation is the same as the reloading animation.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RPG-29 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the RPG-29.

DJZ-08

The PLA's standard LAT launcher is the DJZ-08, a single-shot disposable 80mm recoilless launcher. It fires a high-explosive warhead.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
DZJ-08 (inert sample) with munition - 80mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the DJZ-08 along the test range. The pistol grip is unfolded...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and then the scope is deployed.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The DJZ-08 shouldered.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
ADS view of the DJZ's scope.

PF-98

Added with the PLA in the V4.0 Update, the PF-98 is used by the Chinese HAT role. It comes with an anti-armor and a high explosive round.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PF-98 120mm tripod-mounted with rockets (battalion version)
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Drawing the PF-98 - loading an HE warhead.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
And the AP round, with its long tandem charge.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The system is then switched on...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and ready to go.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the PF-98's scope system.

Frag Grenades

M67 Frag Grenade

The M67 is the standard fragmentation grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes except for the lead crewman, crewman, grenadier, combat engineer and machine gunner. Canadian Army forces use it as the under the C13 Grenade designation.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M67 frag grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M67 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the pin on the M67.

RGD-5 Frag Grenade

The RGD-5 is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Russian Ground Forces and Militia, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman and marksman. The Militia's RGD-5 is brown whereas the Russians' RGD-5 is green.

RGD-5 frag grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RGD-5 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the pin on the RGD-5 before throwing.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RGD-5 in the hands of a Russian conscript who is unsure of whether the seed in his hands is suitable for planting among the crops before him.

L109A1 Frag Grenade

The L109A1 is the standard fragmentation grenade for the British Army, and is available to the squad leader, rifleman, automatic rifleman, marksman and light anti-tank.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
L109A1 frag grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L109A1 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the pin on the L109A1 before throwing.

F1 Grenade

The Australian F1 Grenade is issued to the ADF faction as its standard fragmentation grenade with the V2.15 update.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Australian F1 hand grenade (inert)
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The F1 grenade drawn.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the pin.

F-1 Frag Grenade

The F-1 is the standard fragmentation grenade for the Insurgents, and is available to the squad leader, medic, rifleman, automatic rifleman, raider and marksman. The F-1 portrayed in game is the post-war variant with yellow paint.

F-1 frag grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The F-1 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling out the F-1's pin.

Type 86P Frag Grenade

China's standard hand grenade is the Type 86P.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Cradling a Type 86P grenade.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
About to toss it into a hapless Baltic house.

Smoke Grenades

M18 Smoke Grenade

The M18 is the standard smoke grenade for the US Army, and is available to all classes save the grenadier, coming in white, red, or blue. All classes who can use it have access to the white smoke variant, but red smoke is only available to the medic and squad leader, with blue being exclusive to the latter. Note that real M18s are not available in white or blue, and a better alternative for white smoke would be the AN/M8 or M83 smoke grenade.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A red M18 smoke grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M18 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the pin on the M18 prior to throwing.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Of note are the smoke's interesting visual effects - the smoke billows out in one direction, and is also blocked by obstacles such as the mud wall here.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Holding a white M18, as the player character enjoys a moment of patriotic fervor.

DSF-121 Smoke Grenade

The PLA's DSF-161 smoke grenade appears to be a clone of the M18.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Holding a DSF-161.

RDG-2 Smoke Grenade

The RDG-2 is the smoke grenade of choice for the Russian Ground Forces, Insurgents and Militia. All classes except the grenadier has access to the white smoke variant. However, only the Russian medic and squad leader have access to orange, the latter having exclusive access to purple; only the Insurgent medic and squad leader have access to yellow, the latter having exclusive access to black; and only the Militia medic and squad leader have access to green, the latter having exclusive access to yellow. It is worth noting that Russian RGD-2s only come in white or black, the latter being for training purposes.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
RDG-2 smoke grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The RDG-2 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Preparing to throw the RDG-2 - the player character pulls off the cap on one end...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...pulls off the cap on the other end...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and ignites the grenade.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The smoke's visual effects for the RDG-2 - the smoke billows out from both ends of the grenade.

L132A1 Smoke Grenade

The L132A1 is the white smoke grenade of choice for the British Army, and is available to all classes save for the grenadier.

L132A1 smoke grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L132A1 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Preparing to throw the L132A1.

L152A1 Smoke Grenade

The L152A1 is available to the British Army squad leader and medic in two colours. Both classes have access to orange smoke, but yellow is exclusive to the former. Despite their in-game designation, L152A1 refers to the green smoke variant in real life; orange and yellow smoke variants are designated L153A1 and L155A1 respectively.

The L152A1 markings are similar to those in real life, but lack the colour indication and serial number. In addition, the coloured Cs are the bottom are in red, green and blue individually, but in the actual grenades the Cs are coloured the same as the grenade's smoke.

L152A1 smoke grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The L152A1 in first person - the yellow body, while not not awfully visible here, can be clearly seen if one were to use freelook.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Preparing to throw the L132A1.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A good look at the markings on the grenade body.

Other Grenades & Munitions

AN/M14 Incendiary Grenade

The AN/M14 appears in Squad simply as "ANM14 Incendiary Grenade" and is only available to the US Army, British Army and Russian Ground Forces squad leader on the Insurgency game mode, where they must hunt down and destroy Insurgent weapon caches.

AN/M14 incendiary grenade
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The AN/M14 in first person,
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Pulling the pin on the AN/M14,
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Destroying a weapon cache with the AN/M14, and watching the spectacular visual display of flames and sparks - sadly, the blast radius of the resulting explosion is so great it usually kills the player character, making it difficult to get a complete image of it.

Improvised Explosive Device

The Improvised Explosive Device (IED) is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts, and appears to be a mortar-based explosive device. It is remotely detonated by phone and has an impressive explosion.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The IED in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Priming the IED before deployment.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A deployed IED when buried fully with a shovel - this is a two-way street, seeing as the IED can also be dug up by anyone with a shovel.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Making the deadliest phone call - the phone makes a short ringtone.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Initial stage of detonation (and grief for your foes)
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Second stage - note the brilliant ray of light bursting through the cloud.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Third stage - note the fragment that had landed next to the player character at the bottom left of the screenshot, kicking up a dust cloud.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Fourth stage
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Final stage - grieving is a long process, that has to be handled with love, care, counseling, and heavy medication.

M15 Anti-Tank Mine

The M15 Anti-Tank Mine was added to the game in Update 13, available for the NATO and Australian Combat Engineers.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M15 Anti-Tank mine
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M15 mine in the hands of a USMC sapper.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying the mine.

TM-62M Anti-tank Mine

The TM-62M appears in game simply as "TM-62", and is available to the Insurgent and Militia scouts.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
TM-62M anti-tank mine
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The TM-62M in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Setting up the mine - the scout attaches the pressure fuze, the metal base indicating that the mine is the TM-62M variant...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...screws it in place...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and arms the mine.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An sloppily dumped TM-62M on the left, and a properly-buried buried TM-62M on the right.

Type 72 Anti-tank Mine

The Type 72 anti-tank is used by the PLA with the V4.0 Update.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Type 72 mine in hand.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Deploying it in the sand.

Mortars

Mortars are deployable weapons requiring setup by a squad.

M252

The M252 is available to the US Army as an emplacement.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M252 - 81mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M252 as a deployable.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M252 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the M252 - the developers were nice enough to add a range guide.

2B14 Podnos

The 2B14 Podnos is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement.

2B14 Podnos - 82mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 2B14 Podnos as a deployable.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 2B14 Podnos in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the 2B14 Podnos.

BM-37

The BM-37 appears in game as the "M1937" and is available to the Insurgent and Militia forces as an emplacement.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
BM-37 - 82mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The BM-37 as a deployable.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The BM-37 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the BM-37 - it shares the same reticle and range guide as the other mortars.

PP-87

The PP-87 is the light mortar used by the PLA faction.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The PP-87 on Jensen's Range.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Manning the mortar.

Heavy Machine Guns

Heavy Machine Guns in Squad are either deployable weapons requiring setup, or vehicle-mounted weapons.

Browning M2A1

The Browning M2A1 is available to the US Army as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. Like the DShKM and NSV, its high-caliber rounds are capable of incapacitating hostiles instantly. On tripods it may either come alone or built within a machine gun bunker, while on vehicles, it may either be mounted in a Gunner Protection Kit (GPK) on a MAT-V or as a Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station (CROWS) on a MAT-V or M1126 Stryker ICV. In its tripod configuration, it comes with a mock-up of the TA648MGO-M2 mounted, but with a red reticle instead of the actual green one.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Browning M2A2 / M2 QCB (Quick Change Barrel) with ammo belt on M3 tripod - .50 BMG - this is more or less the same as the US military's M2A1, but lacks the slotted flash hider.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2A1 mounted on an M3 tripod, as a deployable.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2A1 in a machine gun bunker.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2A1 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with what seems to be a TA648MGO-M2.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2A1 as mounted on MAT-Vs - the one on the left is in a GPK, the other is a CROWS variant.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2A1 in a GPK, in first person - when performing an empty reload on a MAT-V mounted M2A1, the player reaches out and flings the empty box out of the turret.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights atop a MAT-V.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M2A1 CROWS mounted on a M1126 Stryker ICV.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming with the CROWS.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the M2A1.

NSV

The NSV is available to the Russian Ground Forces as an emplacement, mounted on tripods. It may or may not come with a bunker, with the bunker costing more construction points.

Note that the NSV has been slated for replacement by the Kord, but as of now it is still issued to units, so its appearance in Squad is not anachronistic.

NSV machine gun - 12.7x108mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The NSV as a deployable.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The NSV in a machine gun bunker.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The NSV in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights - unlike the infantry-carried small arms, heavy machine gun sights cannot be zeroed yet.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the NSV.

DShKM

The DShKM is available to Militia and Insurgent forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may come with or without shields to protect its gunner.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
DShKM machine gun - 12.7x108mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A DShKM mounted on a tripod.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A DShKM, with shield mounted on a tripod, at the same time showing off its right side. Note the ammo belt; like the PKM/PKP, the ammo belt is correctly animated as non-disintegrating, but the depleted belt doesn't go on for long and disappears after a short length.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
From right to left - an Militia technical with a DShKM, and its Insurgent counterpart.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
From right to left - an Insurgent technical with a shielded DShKM, and its Militia counterpart.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An Insurgent technical, fitted with improvised armor, with a shielded DShKM.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The DShKM in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the DShKM.

QJZ-89

The standard HMG introduced for China is the QJZ-89, available both as an emplacement and on numerous PLA vehicles. A scoped version is unique as an emplaced variant.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
QJZ-89 - 12.7×108mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Observing both emplaced QJZ-89 variants.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The ejection port cover is flicked up when getting behind the QJZ-89.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The vanilla QJZ HMG in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Focusing on the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the scoped QJZ.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Reloading the HMG - the top cover is flicked up, and the belt box is pulled off at the same time.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Loading in a new 12.7mm belt.

Missile Launchers

Anti-tank missile launchers are currently available in Squad as deployables. Some vehicles are also equipped with missiles.

9M133 Kornet

The 9M133 Kornet anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 12. It is only available to the Russian Ground Forces.

9K135 Kornet missile launcher system with 9M133 Kornet missile - 152mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The prebiuilt 9M133 on Jensen's Range.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
It is operated from a crouched position.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The view through the Kornet's scope, zoomed in on a target.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Yeet-ing the empty tube over the sandbags after firing a missile.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Setting in a new tube.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Locking it in place.

BGM-71 TOW

The BGM-71 TOW anti-tank missile was added to the game in Alpha 11. It is only available to U.S. Army and the British Army. The M2A3 Bradley IFV is also equipped with 2 TOW missiles.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
BGM-71 TOW mounted on M220 launcher with daysight tracker, AN/TAS-4A night sight and FCS with inserted battery module - 152mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M220 + BGM-71 TOW system on the test range.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Behind the TOW launcher.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Looking through the FCS on its lowest zoom level.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Unlocking the TOW's latch system on its reload.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Shouldering in another missile tube.

HJ-8 Red Arrow

With the V4.0 update, the HJ-8 is the PLA's antitank guided missile emplacement.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
HJ-8 - 120mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The HJ-8 Red Arrow turret.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Flicking the on switch when manning it. It is actually built unloaded; the initial animation shows the gunner loading the missile.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The HJ-8's scope system.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Locking in a new missile tube. The spent tube is automatically discarded upon firing.

Other Mounted Weapons

This section covers all the rest of the emplacements or vehicle-mounted weapons, with mortars and HMGs covered in the above sections.

M240C

US Army M1A2 Abrams and M2A3 Bradleys, and the USMC M1A1, LAV-25, and AAVP-7A1 have M240C coaxial machine guns. Similar FN MAG GPMG/C6 FLEX variants are used on British, Canadian, and Australian armor.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M240C - 7.62x51mm NATO.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A closeup of the M240C on the woodland variant of the M1A2.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Another view of all of the Abrams' armaments in general, showing the RWS M2A1 and loader's M240 turret.

M240H

The M240H, the US Army Aviation designation for the M240D, is mounted in both of the of gunners' windows of the UH-60M "Grouse" Blackhawk utility helicopter and the Marine's UH-1Y. It is also used in the RAF SA 330 Puma HC2 transport helicopter that is part of the V2.0 update. The ADF's UH-60 uses the same M240H, and their MRH90 (NH90) has a spade-gripped MAG 58. The Canadian CH-146 also has a spade gripped MAG/C6.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M240D - 7.62x51mm NATO
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The UH-60M's M240H.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Behind the spade-gripped 240.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming is done with the front sight + tracer fire.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The M240H's reload. The charging handle is pulled when first entering the position, and at the start of empty reloads.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
One of the two MAG 58s on the NH90.

M242 Bushmaster chaingun

M242 Bushmaster chainguns are used on the American M2A3 Bradleys, Canadian LAV III 6.0, and the Coyote, ADF ASLAV-25 and USMC LAV-25 armored fighting vehicles.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
M242 Bushmaster Chain Gun (Current Model) - 25x137mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mk 38 Mod 2- 25x137mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The Bushmaster atop the LAV III 6.0.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The USS Essex model includes an unusable Mk 38 Bushmaster cannon.

Mk 19 Grenade Launcher

The AAVP7A1 amphibious transport is available for the USMC faction and has a Mk 19 grenade launcher alongside a Browning M2 mounted in its turret.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Mk 19 grenade launcher on vehicle mount - 40x53mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An AAVP7A1 on the Pacific training island terrain.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Manning the Amtrack's turret.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The zoomed-in reticle reveals the different details for the .50cal and 40mm calibers.

General Electric M61 Vulcan

The USS Essex included as part of the V3.0 content has unused M61 Vulcan CIWS turrets. The CAF, ADF, and USMC commanders can also call for a Hydra rocket strike launched from legacy F/A-18 Hornets.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
GE M61 Vulcan Cannon - 20x102mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The front mounted CIWS turret on the Essex's island.

PKT

The PKT can be found on multiple vehicles, mostly as coaxial machine guns. It can be found on the turret of the Insurgent MT-LB, and found as a coaxial machine gun on the BRDM-2, BTR-80, BTR-82A, MT-LBM (6MA), MT-LBM (6MB) and MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
PKT - 7.62x54mmR
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The PKT mounted on an Insurgent MT-LB - Insurgent vehicles tend to have tan paint jobs for desert camouflage.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the PKT.

NSVT

The NSVT can be found mounted on MT-LBMs belonging to the Russian Ground Forces and Militia.

Note that MT-LBMs do not exist in this configuration, and the only variant of the MT-LB to sport a NSVT turret would be the MT-LBVM, which is identifiable by its wider tracks and mudguards.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
NSVT mounted on a T-84 - 12.7x108mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
From right to left - a Russian MT-LBM with a mounted NSVT, its Militia counterpart, and a Russian version with desert camouflage - Militia vehicles have camouflage paint jobs, while Russian vehicles have flat green paint, and tan for desert maps.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A closer look at the NSVT.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the NSVT.

KPVT

The KPVT can be found mounted on the turrets of the BRDM-2, BTR-80 and MT-LBM (6MA), and fires BZT armor-piercing incendiary tracer (API-T) rounds. The turret also has a visible PKT coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
KPVT - 14.5x114mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The KPVT mounted on a Russian Ground Forces MT-LBM (6MA) - note the coaxial PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The KPVT mounted on a Militia BTR-80.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The KPVT mounted on an Insurgent BRDM-2.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the KPVT.

2A72

The 2A72 autocannon can be found mounted on the turrets of the BTR-82A and MT-LBM (6MB), and fires either 3UBR6 armor-piercing ballistic cap tracer (APBC-T) rounds or 3UOR6 high explosive tracer (HE-T) fragmentation rounds. Like the KPVT above, its turret comes with a PKT coaxial machine gun and 81mm smoke grenade launchers.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 2A72 mounted on a Russian Ground Forces BTR-82A - again, note the PKT to its left and the 6 smoke grenade launchers.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The 2A72 mounted on a Militia MT-LBM (6MB) - this variant of the MT-LBM is particularly rare and it's unlikely for a ragtag team of militants to get their hands on it.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming the 2A72.

SPG-9

The SPG-9 Kopye is available to Insurgents and Militia forces as both an emplacement and a vehicle-mounted weapon. It may fire either OG-9V high-explosive fragmentation (HE-FRAG) rounds or PG-9V high-explosve anti-tank fin-stabilizing (HEAT-FS) rounds, and must be reloaded after every shot.

SPG-9 - 73mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SPG-9 as a deployable.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The SPG-9 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Aiming down the sights.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
SPG-9 recoilless rifle jeep mount - 73mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An Insurgent technical with a mounted SPG-9 (right) and its Militia counterpart (left).

UB-32

The UB-32 rocket pod, usually seen on Soviet jets and helicopters, is here mounted on pickup trucks as improvised mobile artillery platforms for the Insurgents and Militia. This is a fairly common modification that has been observed on recently built technicals, primarily in Syria. It holds 32 rockets and is inaccurate, best used for raining down widespread explosive ordnance from a hilltop.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
On the right, a Militia technical with a mounted UB-32 rocket pod, and on the left, its Insurgent counterpart

ZU-23-2

The ZU-23-2 is available to Insurgents and Militia forces either as an emplacement or a vehicle-mounted weapon. It fires OFZT high-explosive incendiary tracer (HEI-T) fragmentation rounds, and feeds from 2 50-round boxes. Both the Militia and Insurgents have access to a MT-LB with a mounted ZU-23-2, but only the Insurgents have access to a Ural 375D with a mounted ZU-23-2.

While the ZU-23-2 is primarily an anti-aircraft cannon, its current use in Squad is for destroying infantry with rapid volumes of HE fire.

Error creating thumbnail: File missing
ZU-23-2 - 23x152mm
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
Front view of the ZU-23-2...
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
...and a view from behind.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
The ZU-23-2 in first person.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A ZU-23-2 turret mounted on an Insurgent Ural 375D.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
A closer look at the truck-mounted ZU-23-2 turret.
Error creating thumbnail: File missing
An Insurgent MT-LB with a ZU-23-2 turret (right) and its Militia counterpart (left) - note the PKT turrets mounted at the front.